Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,681 missions · 909 completed

Missions

Open772Completed909All1681
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Deterministic Equivalents for Optimizing and Satisficing under Chance Constraints 2: The Fractional P-Model Program (38) Has the Same Supremum as the Convex Program (39)Research Paper

Motivation

A chance constraint limits the probability of violating a requirement rather than requiring that requirement to hold for every realization of uncertain data. Charnes and Cooper developed deterministic optimization problems for several ways of judging decisions under such constraints. Their P model gives a satisficing objective: increase the probability of reaching a specified aspiration level while meeting prescribed reliability levels for the resource constraints. The paper's concrete decision rule makes the decision vector depend linearly on the random right-hand side, and its P-model section moves from a fractional deterministic program to a convex one. The result explains how a risk-adjusted ratio can be optimized without retaining a fractional objective. The source is Charnes and Cooper, 1963, pp. 30–33, especially equations (35) and (38)–(39b).

The related linear-fractional change of variables was already being used for linear programs Charnes and Cooper, 1962; the present section applies it to constraints built from second moments rather than linear equations. That distinction matters because the normalized feasible set contains a boundary at zero scale, and because second-moment inequalities require their own convexity claim. The paper cites fractional programming results for its local-to-global assertion about (38); the mission focuses on its explicit transformed program (39). Charnes and Cooper, 1963, p. 32.

Setting

Let m,nm,nm,n be positive integers and (Ω,P)(\Omega,P)(Ω,P) a probability space. A fixed real m×nm\times nm×n matrix AAA has rows ai′a_i'ai′​. Random vectors b:Ω→Rmb:\Omega\to\mathbb R^mb:Ω→Rm and c:Ω→Rnc:\Omega\to\mathbb R^nc:Ω→Rn give the right-hand side and objective coefficients. The paper restricts decisions to the linear decision rule x=Dbx=Dbx=Db, where the real n×mn\times mn×m matrix DDD is chosen before bbb is realized. Write μb=E[b]\mu_b=E[b]μb​=E[b] and μc=E[c]\mu_c=E[c]μc​=E[c]. A number z0z_0z0​ is the given aspiration value. For each row iii, its reliability level αi\alpha_iαi​ is strictly between 1/21/21/2 and 111, and Ki=Φ−1(αi)>0K_i=\Phi^{-1}(\alpha_i)>0Ki​=Φ−1(αi​)>0 is the corresponding standard-normal quantile. These are the objects of equations (5), (19b), (21), and (27) in Charnes and Cooper, 1963.

The residual ai′Db−bia_i'Db-b_iai′​Db−bi​ has raw second moment σi2(D)=E[(ai′Db−bi)2]\sigma_i^2(D)=E[(a_i'Db-b_i)^2]σi2​(D)=E[(ai′​Db−bi​)2] and negative mean μi(D)=μbi−ai′Dμb\mu_i(D)=\mu_{b_i}-a_i'D\mu_bμi​(D)=μbi​​−ai′​Dμb​. The aspiration error has raw second moment V(D)=E[(c′Db−z0)2]V(D)=E[(c'Db-z_0)^2]V(D)=E[(c′Db−z0​)2]. These definitions come from equations (30) and (34). The expected linear objective appearing in the deterministic programs is μc′Dμb\mu_c'D\mu_bμc′​Dμb​; the model records the paper's assumption that the components of bbb and ccc are uncorrelated. Charnes and Cooper, 1963, pp. 26, 28, 30.

Program (38) chooses (D,v,v0,w0)(D,v,v_0,w_0)(D,v,v0​,w0​) and maximizes v0/w0v_0/w_0v0​/w0​. Its inequalities bound the mean objective below by z0+v0z_0+v_0z0​+v0​, bound w0w_0w0​ below by the root-mean-square aspiration error, and bound each nonnegative viv_ivi​ between the row's risk term and μi(D)\mu_i(D)μi​(D). The denominator satisfies w0>0w_0>0w0​>0. Program (39) introduces a nonnegative scale ttt and barred variables. It fixes wˉ0=1\bar w_0=1wˉ0​=1 and maximizes the linear objective vˉ0\bar v_0vˉ0​. The barred moments are calculated from Dˉ\bar DDˉ and ttt by equation (39b), rather than declared to be scaled copies of the unbarred moments. Charnes and Cooper, 1963, pp. 32–33.

Formalization targets

Convex transformed program

Let F39F_{39}F39​ contain every point satisfying all of (39), including t=0t=0t=0. The paper's convex-programming claim becomes

F39 is convex.F_{39}\text{ is convex}.F39​ is convex.

The source states the claim after displaying the barred moments, in the paragraph following (39b). Charnes and Cooper, 1963, p. 33.

Equal optimal values

Let F38F_{38}F38​ be the feasible set of (38). Provided F38F_{38}F38​ is nonempty, the mission goal states that the normalized substitution sends each point of F38F_{38}F38​ to a point of F39F_{39}F39​ with the same objective, and that

sup⁡(D,v,v0,w0)∈F38v0w0=sup⁡(Dˉ,vˉ,vˉ0,wˉ0,t)∈F39vˉ0.\sup_{(D,v,v_0,w_0)\in F_{38}}\frac{v_0}{w_0} =\sup_{(\bar D,\bar v,\bar v_0,\bar w_0,t)\in F_{39}}\bar v_0.(D,v,v0​,w0​)∈F38​sup​w0​v0​​=(Dˉ,vˉ,vˉ0​,wˉ0​,t)∈F39​sup​vˉ0​.

The suprema may be infinite. The equality concerns the complete program (39), including t=0t=0t=0. Positive-scale points have an inverse substitution; zero-scale points are retained in the comparison. This is the precise optimal-value reading of the paper's statement that (38) can be replaced by one convex program. Charnes and Cooper, 1963, pp. 32–33.

Significance

The result places the P model alongside the paper's E and V models as an optimization problem with convex feasible constraints and a nonfractional objective. A solver of (39) can compare aspiration and resource reliability within the same matrix decision rule. Equality of suprema says the transformed model has the same best attainable value even when the best value is only approached, and even when points at t=0t=0t=0 occur in the transformed feasible set. The forward and inverse substitution statements identify how positive-scale solutions correspond. Charnes and Cooper, 1963, pp. 30–33.

The paper result is a published mathematical claim. The present formalization states its definitions and assertions in Lean; its theorem proofs are still open. The standard Gaussian CDF and its inverse are available as a separately published Prove2Me definition, while the model-specific second moments and feasible sets must be formalized for this mission. The previously published Derman linear-fractional lemma concerns a polyhedral linear program and does not assert this P-model result. Completing the mission would add reusable formal machinery for expected-square constraints, a normalized perspective program, and equality of optimal values at a scale boundary.

Difficulty

The pointwise substitution t=1/w0t=1/w_0t=1/w0​ only reaches points of (39) with t>0t>0t>0, while (39) explicitly permits t=0t=0t=0. Therefore a bijection of feasible points at positive scale alone does not establish equality of the displayed suprema. The proof also has to reconcile the squared form of the row constraints with convexity: σˉi2\bar\sigma_i^2σˉi2​ is a raw second moment and μˉi2\bar\mu_i^2μˉ​i2​ is the square of its mean, so their difference is the variance term relevant to the risk bound. Taking the fourth inequality as a generic difference of quadratics would obscure that claim. The paper prints a conflicting square and sign in (38), which must be resolved against its earlier (29) and later (39). Charnes and Cooper, 1963, pp. 28, 32–33.

Formalization scope

Lean uses finite index types Fin m and Fin n, real matrices and scalars, a probability measure PPP, and Bochner integrals for the moments. Square integrability is stated for every component of bbb and ccc and every product cjbkc_jb_kcj​bk​; this keeps the expected squares meaningful. The paper assumes bbb and ccc are uncorrelated, so the same componentwise equalities are recorded. It also assumes that each row residual has a Gaussian law under a decision matrix; the Lean theorem retains this standing assumption even though the substitution from (38) to (39) is algebraic. The quantile KiK_iKi​ is imported from the published Cohen2019.Robust.PhiInvReal, with 1/2<αi<11/2<\alpha_i<11/2<αi​<1 excluding its junk endpoint values. The theorem concerns (38) onward; it does not assert the paper's analogous reduction from the original probability model (35), because the text does not establish a distributional theorem for its random objective. Charnes and Cooper, 1963, pp. 26–27, 31–33.

The source phrase “replace ... by one convex programming problem” is made explicit as convexity of the (39) feasible set, feasibility and value preservation of the forward scaling, and equality of extended-real suprema. The normalization wˉ0=1\bar w_0=1wˉ0​=1, strict w0>0w_0>0w0​>0, and weak t≥0t\ge0t≥0 are separate conditions. The t=0t=0t=0 slice is included, and the main theorem assumes F38F_{38}F38​ nonempty. The barred functions are genuine expectations of the homogenized expressions of (39b). The square-and-sign discrepancy in printed (38) is resolved in favor of the form printed in (29) and (39), consistent with the nearby statement that the row constraints are the same as before. These choices exclude a vacuous denominator, an artificially smaller transformed set, and a trivially defined scaling identity. Reusable contributions include moment lemmas, convexity results for expected-square constraints, and supremum comparison for normalized programs.

Selected references

  • A. Charnes and W. W. Cooper, Deterministic Equivalents for Optimizing and Satisficing under Chance Constraints, Operations Research 11(1), 1963, pp. 18–39. DOI.
  • A. Charnes and W. W. Cooper, Programming with Linear Fractional Functionals, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 9(3–4), 1962, pp. 181–186. DOI.
  • C. Derman, On Sequential Decisions and Markov Chains, Management Science 9(1), 1962, pp. 16–24. DOI.
  • J. Cohen, E. Rosenfeld, and Z. Kolter, Certified Adversarial Robustness via Randomized Smoothing, ICML, 2019. arXiv.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Cooperative Fuzzy Games 1: A Balanced Game without Side Payments Has a Nonempty Core Containing the Core of Its Fuzzy ExtensionResearch Paper

Motivation

A game without side payments (an NTU game) describes cooperation in which utility cannot be transferred between players: each coalition AAA of players is assigned the set V(A)V(A)V(A) of payoff vectors it can secure on its own. The core is the set of payoffs to the grand coalition that no coalition can improve upon. Whether the core is nonempty is the basic stability question of cooperative game theory. For games with side payments the answer is the Bondareva–Shapley theorem. For NTU games it is Scarf's theorem (Scarf 1967): a balanced game has a nonempty core. Billera (1970) gave a convex version, in which the payoff sets are convex and balancedness is stated with weighted Minkowski sums.

Aubin's paper (Aubin 1981) obtains Billera's version of the theorem by a different route. Players may join coalitions at fractional rates of participation, and the paper first proves a core existence theorem for these fuzzy games. The game on ordinary coalitions is then embedded into a fuzzy game whose core lies inside the core of the original game.

Setting

The players are N={1,…,n}N = \{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}. A coalition A⊆NA \subseteq NA⊆N is identified with its characteristic vector τA∈{0,1}n\tau^A \in \{0,1\}^nτA∈{0,1}n, and τN=(1,…,1)\tau^N = (1,\dots,1)τN=(1,…,1). A fuzzy coalition is a vector τ∈[0,1]n\tau \in [0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n of participation rates with support Aτ={i:τi>0}A_\tau = \{i : \tau_i > 0\}Aτ​={i:τi​>0}. Write (τ⋅c)i=τici(\tau\cdot c)_i = \tau_i c_i(τ⋅c)i​=τi​ci​, Rτ=τ⋅Rn\mathbb{R}^\tau = \tau\cdot\mathbb{R}^nRτ=τ⋅Rn for the vectors vanishing off AτA_\tauAτ​, R+τ\mathbb{R}^\tau_+R+τ​ for its nonnegative part, and R˚+τ\mathring{\mathbb{R}}^\tau_+R˚+τ​ for the vectors strictly positive on AτA_\tauAτ​.

A fuzzy game without side payments assigns to each τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0 a nonempty, closed, convex set V(τ)⊆RτV(\tau)\subseteq\mathbb{R}^\tauV(τ)⊆Rτ. Each V(τ)V(\tau)V(τ) is comprehensive, meaning V(τ)=V(τ)−R+τV(\tau) = V(\tau)-\mathbb{R}^\tau_+V(τ)=V(τ)−R+τ​, and bounded above, meaning V(τ)⊆C−R+τV(\tau)\subseteq C-\mathbb{R}^\tau_+V(τ)⊆C−R+τ​ for some CCC. The map is positively homogeneous: V(tτ)=tV(τ)V(t\tau) = tV(\tau)V(tτ)=tV(τ) for every t>0t>0t>0. Its core is the set of c∈V(τN)c\in V(\tau^N)c∈V(τN) such that τ⋅c∉V(τ)−R˚+τ\tau\cdot c\notin V(\tau)-\mathring{\mathbb{R}}^\tau_+τ⋅c∈/V(τ)−R˚+τ​ for every fuzzy coalition τ≠0\tau\neq 0τ=0. With the support function v(τ,λ)=sup⁡c∈V(τ)∑iλiciv(\tau,\lambda)=\sup_{c\in V(\tau)}\sum_i\lambda_i c_iv(τ,λ)=supc∈V(τ)​∑i​λi​ci​ and the simplex MnM^nMn, a weak (resp. strong) canonical cooperative equilibrium is a c∈V(τN)c\in V(\tau^N)c∈V(τN) together with a λˉ∈Mn\bar\lambda\in M^nλˉ∈Mn (resp. λˉ\bar\lambdaλˉ with all coordinates positive) satisfying ∑iλˉiτici≥v(τ,λˉ)\sum_i\bar\lambda^i\tau_ic_i\ge v(\tau,\bar\lambda)∑i​λˉiτi​ci​≥v(τ,λˉ) for every τ∈[0,1]n\tau\in[0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n.

A usual NTU game lives on a family C\mathcal{C}C of coalitions that contains NNN and every singleton. For each A∈CA\in\mathcal{C}A∈C, the set V(A)⊆RAV(A)\subseteq\mathbb{R}^AV(A)⊆RA is nonempty, closed, convex, comprehensive and bounded above. A balance of τ\tauτ is a vector of weights m≥0m\ge 0m≥0 on C\mathcal{C}C with ∑A∋im(A)=τi\sum_{A\ni i}m(A)=\tau_i∑A∋i​m(A)=τi​ for every iii, and C(τ)\mathcal{C}(\tau)C(τ) is the set of balances of τ\tauτ. The fuzzy extension of the game is

πV(τ)=⋃m∈C(τ) ∑A∈Cm(A) V(A),\pi V(\tau)=\bigcup_{m\in\mathcal{C}(\tau)}\ \sum_{A\in\mathcal{C}} m(A)\,V(A),πV(τ)=m∈C(τ)⋃​ A∈C∑​m(A)V(A),

and the game is balanced if V(N)=πV(τN)V(N)=\pi V(\tau^N)V(N)=πV(τN).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

For a balanced game without side payments,

∅≠core⁡(πV)⊆core⁡(V),CCEstrong(V)⊆core⁡(πV)⊆CCEweak(V),\emptyset\neq\operatorname{core}(\pi V)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(V),\qquad \mathrm{CCE}_{\rm strong}(V)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(\pi V)\subseteq\mathrm{CCE}_{\rm weak}(V),∅=core(πV)⊆core(V),CCEstrong​(V)⊆core(πV)⊆CCEweak​(V),

and in particular core⁡(V)≠∅\operatorname{core}(V)\neq\emptysetcore(V)=∅.

Milestones

  • Proposition 3.1: c∈V(τN)c\in V(\tau^N)c∈V(τN) is in the core iff the maximum complaint α(c)=sup⁡τ≠0inf⁡λ∈Mτ[v(τ,λ)−∑iλiτici]\alpha(c)=\sup_{\tau\neq0}\inf_{\lambda\in M^\tau}[v(\tau,\lambda)-\sum_i\lambda^i\tau_ic_i]α(c)=supτ=0​infλ∈Mτ​[v(τ,λ)−∑i​λiτi​ci​] is ≤0\le 0≤0.
  • Proof of Theorem 3.1(b): if VVV is superadditive, V(τ)+V(σ)⊆V(τ+σ)V(\tau)+V(\sigma)\subseteq V(\tau+\sigma)V(τ)+V(σ)⊆V(τ+σ), then τ↦v(τ,λ)\tau\mapsto v(\tau,\lambda)τ↦v(τ,λ) is concave on R+n\mathbb{R}^n_+R+n​.
  • Theorem 3.1: strong equilibria lie in the core, and for a superadditive game the core lies in the set of weak equilibria.
  • Theorem 5.1: a superadditive fuzzy game has a nonempty core.
  • §7, (6), (7), (11): πV\pi VπV is a superadditive fuzzy game that extends VVV, and its support function is πv(τ,λ)=sup⁡m∈C(τ)∑Am(A)v(A,λ)\pi v(\tau,\lambda)=\sup_{m\in\mathcal{C}(\tau)}\sum_A m(A)v(A,\lambda)πv(τ,λ)=supm∈C(τ)​∑A​m(A)v(A,λ).
  • §7 and the proof of Theorem 7.1: under balancedness, core⁡(πV)⊆core⁡(V)\operatorname{core}(\pi V)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(V)core(πV)⊆core(V), and the equilibria of VVV coincide with those of πV\pi VπV.

Significance

Theorem 7.1 gives the core existence result for convex NTU games under Billera's balancedness condition. Its proof goes through a statement about fuzzy coalitions, Theorem 5.1, which uses no combinatorial pivoting. That theorem also has independent uses. Its fuzzy core is the solution concept that §4 of the paper identifies with Walras equilibria of exchange economies. The canonical cooperative equilibria give a price-like certificate, a common rate of transfer λˉ\bar\lambdaλˉ, that sandwiches the core.

The results are classical and proved. Prove2Me holds no statement of Scarf's or Billera's theorem, of NTU cores, or of balancedness for games without side payments, and Mathlib has none of these notions. The mission produces faithful statements of the paper's chain of results, and their proofs once solvers close them. It also builds reusable infrastructure: support functions of comprehensive sets, Minkowski combinations indexed by balances, and positively homogeneous set-valued maps.

Difficulty

Most of §7 is bookkeeping with Minkowski sums. The hard part is Theorem 5.1, the existence of a point in the fuzzy core. The core is defined by infinitely many exclusion conditions, one for each τ∈[0,1]n\tau\in[0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n, so a finite intersection argument does not apply directly. The paper's route works with prices: it uses the superdifferential of the concave map τ↦v(τ,λ)\tau\mapsto v(\tau,\lambda)τ↦v(τ,λ) at τN\tau^NτN, Ky Fan's inequality on a truncated simplex where all λi≥ε\lambda_i\ge\varepsilonλi​≥ε, and a limit as ε→0\varepsilon\to0ε→0. That limit requires compactness of the approximating payoffs, and at the boundary of the simplex the superdifferential map is not upper semicontinuous. Theorem 3.1(b) needs a minisup theorem for a function that is concave in τ\tauτ and convex and lower semicontinuous in λ\lambdaλ. Mathlib has neither Ky Fan's inequality nor this minimax theorem in that form.

Formalization scope

All statements import one definitions file, FuzzyGames.NTUCore.Basic. The formalization commits to the following conventions.

  • Players are Fin n, and payoffs, fuzzy coalitions and rates of transfer are Fin n → ℝ, ordered coordinatewise. Rτ\mathbb{R}^\tauRτ is encoded as "vanishes where τi=0\tau_i=0τi​=0", which equals τ⋅Rn\tau\cdot\mathbb{R}^nτ⋅Rn for τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0.
  • Fuzzy games are defined directly on the orthant τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0, the paper's extension of VVV from [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n by homogeneity. Homogeneity holds for every t>0t>0t>0, and superadditivity holds on R+n\mathbb{R}^n_+R+n​.
  • Support functions, α\alphaα and πv\pi vπv take values in EReal, so an unbounded supremum is +∞+\infty+∞ and never a junk 000.
  • The supremum defining α(c)\alpha(c)α(c) ranges over τ≠0\tau\neq0τ=0. Since M0=∅M^0=\emptysetM0=∅, including τ=0\tau=0τ=0 would make α≡+∞\alpha\equiv+\inftyα≡+∞ and Proposition 3.1 false. Blocking coalitions are likewise τ≠0\tau\neq0τ=0, as in §3 (4).
  • C\mathcal{C}C is a finite family of nonempty coalitions that contains NNN and every singleton. "∀A≠∅\forall A\neq\emptyset∀A=∅" in §7 ranges over C\mathcal{C}C.
  • The paper leaves n≥1n\ge1n≥1 implicit. Theorem 3.1(b) and Theorem 5.1 carry 0<n0<n0<n: for n=0n=0n=0 the simplex is empty while the core is not.
  • In §7 (11), πv(τ,λ)\pi v(\tau,\lambda)πv(τ,λ), which the paper uses without defining it, is taken to be the extension §6 (2) applied to A↦v(A,λ)A\mapsto v(A,\lambda)A↦v(A,λ), for λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0.
  • The §7 sentence after (5) is stated with two extra conclusions: πV(τ)\pi V(\tau)πV(τ) is nonempty and contained in Rτ\mathbb{R}^\tauRτ. These are the remaining requirements of §3 (3) that are needed to apply Theorem 5.1.
  • Sums and scalings of sets are Mathlib's pointwise operations.

The fuzzy-game axioms are a Prop-valued structure and are hypotheses of every theorem. The core and the equilibria are defined for an arbitrary set-valued map, so the theorems about πV\pi VπV do not presuppose that it is a fuzzy game. That fact is the content of the §7 milestones and is not assumed. Non-vacuity has been checked locally on a concrete instance: V(τ)={c∈Rτ:c≤τ}V(\tau)=\{c\in\mathbb{R}^\tau: c\le\tau\}V(τ)={c∈Rτ:c≤τ} is a superadditive fuzzy game, and V(A)={c∈RA:c≤τA}V(A)=\{c\in\mathbb{R}^A:c\le\tau^A\}V(A)={c∈RA:c≤τA} is a balanced game on every admissible C\mathcal{C}C, with (1,…,1)(1,\dots,1)(1,…,1) in both cores.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the §7 Minkowski-sum lemmas, the support-function identities, and a minisup or Ky Fan theorem in the form the proofs need. Reusable pieces include support functions of comprehensive sets and Sion-type minimax.

Selected references

  • J.-P. Aubin, Cooperative Fuzzy Games, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1) (1981) 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.1
  • H. E. Scarf, The Core of an N Person Game, Econometrica 35(1) (1967) 50–69. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909888
  • L. J. Billera, Some Theorems on the Core of an n-Person Game without Side-Payments, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 18(3) (1970) 567–579. https://doi.org/10.1137/0118053
  • K. Fan, A Minimax Inequality and Applications, in O. Shisha (ed.), Inequalities III, Academic Press (1972) 103–113.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Truncated-Newton Algorithms for Large-Scale Unconstrained Optimization 1: Truncated-Newton CG Iterates Have ‖g(x_k)‖ → 0 and Converge to Any Limit Point with Positive Definite HessianResearch Paper

Motivation

Large scale unconstrained optimization often makes an exact Newton step expensive. At each iterate, Newton's method asks for a solution of a linear system involving the Hessian, and the cost of solving that system can dominate the cost of evaluating the objective. Dembo and Steihaug's 1983 truncated Newton method uses conjugate gradients to stop the linear solve early, either when the residual is small enough or when the current direction has insufficient positive curvature. The resulting direction is paired with a line search. The question for this mission is whether those early exits still give a globally reliable optimization method under the paper's assumptions. The answer, in Theorem 2.1, is that every resulting run has gradient norm tending to zero, and a positive definite Hessian at one limit point makes the whole sequence converge to that point.

Setting

The objective is a twice continuously differentiable function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R. Write g(x)=∇f(x)g(x)=\nabla f(x)g(x)=∇f(x) for its gradient and H(x)=Dg(x)H(x)=Dg(x)H(x)=Dg(x) for its Hessian. For every initial point x0x_0x0​, the paper assumes that the sublevel set L(x0)={x:f(x)≤f(x0)}L(x_0)=\{x:f(x)\le f(x_0)\}L(x0​)={x:f(x)≤f(x0​)} is bounded. The formalization uses the Euclidean norm and its inner product, so the operator norm of HHH is also Euclidean.

At a major iterate xkx_kxk​, the minor conjugate-gradient iteration starts at p0=0p_0=0p0​=0 with residual and direction r0=d0=−g(xk)r_0=d_0=-g(x_k)r0​=d0​=−g(xk​). It maintains a scalar δi\delta_iδi​, initialized to ∥r0∥2\|r_0\|^2∥r0​∥2, alongside the usual conjugate-gradient state. Before taking its next conjugate-gradient step, it checks whether ⟨di,H(xk)di⟩≤εδi\langle d_i,H(x_k)d_i\rangle\le\varepsilon\delta_i⟨di​,H(xk​)di​⟩≤εδi​. If so, it returns d0=−g(xk)d_0=-g(x_k)d0​=−g(xk​) when i=0i=0i=0 and the current approximation pip_ipi​ otherwise. If this first test fails, it takes a conjugate-gradient step and checks whether ∥ri+1∥≤ηk∥g(xk)∥\|r_{i+1}\|\le\eta_k\|g(x_k)\|∥ri+1​∥≤ηk​∥g(xk​)∥. If so, it returns pi+1p_{i+1}pi+1​. A TNCG direction is the direction returned by the first exit that occurs. The forcing value ηk\eta_kηk​ sets the residual tolerance.

The major iteration chooses a positive step length λk\lambda_kλk​. With pkp_kpk​ the minor iteration's output and 0<α<1/20<\alpha<1/20<α<1/2, α<β<1\alpha<\beta<1α<β<1, the line search requires both sufficient decrease and a curvature condition:

f(xk+λkpk)≤f(xk)+αλk⟨g(xk),pk⟩,⟨g(xk+λkpk),pk⟩≥β⟨g(xk),pk⟩.f(x_k+\lambda_k p_k)\le f(x_k)+\alpha\lambda_k\langle g(x_k),p_k\rangle, \qquad \langle g(x_k+\lambda_kp_k),p_k\rangle\ge\beta\langle g(x_k),p_k\rangle.f(xk​+λk​pk​)≤f(xk​)+αλk​⟨g(xk​),pk​⟩,⟨g(xk​+λk​pk​),pk​⟩≥β⟨g(xk​),pk​⟩.

The update is xk+1=xk+λkpkx_{k+1}=x_k+\lambda_kp_kxk+1​=xk​+λk​pk​. A run is a sequence satisfying this rule from its specified starting point. The paper also states an alternative function-value curvature condition; this mission defines it because the local unit-step theorem discusses both choices, although the main run uses the displayed gradient condition.

Formalization targets

Global convergence

For every starting point there is a TNCG run, and every run satisfies

∥g(xk)∥⟶0.\|g(x_k)\|\longrightarrow0.∥g(xk​)∥⟶0.

If x∗x^*x∗ is a limit point of that run and H(x∗)H(x^*)H(x∗) is positive definite, then

xk⟶x∗.x_k\longrightarrow x^*.xk​⟶x∗.

The existence clause is the formal meaning of the paper's assertion that the iterates are well defined. The six milestones follow the paper's appendix: the conjugate-gradient relations of Theorem A.1; the uniform descent and direction bounds of Lemma A.2; the line-search existence and directional-derivative limit used in the proof of Theorem A.3; Theorem A.3 itself; and eventual unit-step admissibility in Theorem A.4. The companion Theorem 2.2 addresses the eventual residual exit and unit-step behavior when a run converges to a point with positive definite Hessian. These results are all stated in the original paper.

Significance

The target shows that the computational shortcut in the inner linear solve preserves a global first-order guarantee: no TNCG run can maintain a gradient norm bounded away from zero. It also identifies when the sequence has one limit, rather than merely having stationary accumulation points. The local companion result describes the regime where the truncated method can take full steps and the residual stopping test governs the minor iteration.

The mathematical results are proved in the 1983 paper, while this mission's Lean statements are open proof targets. A complete formalization would connect the finite-dimensional conjugate-gradient recurrence, the line-search argument on bounded sublevel sets, and the convergence statement in one machine-checked development. The conjugate-gradient identities and line-search facts could be reused in other optimization algorithms; the exact first-exit model and the global conclusion are specific to this method.

Difficulty

The minor iteration is not an ordinary positive definite conjugate-gradient solve. The Hessian may be indefinite away from a solution, and the iteration must stop at insufficient curvature before using a later residual state. A convergence argument that assumes positive definiteness at every iterate would therefore miss the case the algorithm was designed to handle. The line search must work for the returned direction, including the first iteration's steepest-descent fallback. The limit-point conclusion adds a separate issue: a vanishing gradient norm alone does not force an entire sequence to converge to a chosen limit point.

Formalization scope

Lean represents Rn\mathbb R^nRn as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), uses its Euclidean norm and inner product, and defines H(x)H(x)H(x) as the derivative of the gradient. The objective is C2C^2C2 and every sublevel set is bounded, as specified at the start of the paper. The TNCG recurrence is total, but an admissible direction must come from its first actual exit, with the curvature test preceding the residual test. At i=0i=0i=0, the curvature exit returns −g-g−g, not the zero initial approximation. This prevents a false stationary run. The residual test is written as a product inequality, equivalent to the paper's quotient when the residual test is reached.

Step lengths are positive. A run is extended through stationary points by zero directions, giving an infinite sequence on which a limit can be stated. Theorem 2.1 imposes no extra restriction on the forcing sequence and no upper bound on step lengths. Theorem A.1 corrects the printed Krylov-space index from Hk−1gH^{k-1}gHk−1g to HkgH^kgHkg. Theorem A.4 adds g(x∗)=0g(x^*)=0g(x∗)=0, needed for the conclusion and true in the paper's applications. Theorem 2.2 requires nonnegative forcing values and guards its residual-exit conclusion at stationary iterates. These corrections are recorded item by item in the moderation notes. Contributions to the conjugate-gradient identities, bounded-level-set line search, and isolated-limit-point argument are all within scope.

Selected references

  • R. S. Dembo and T. Steihaug, Truncated-Newton algorithms for large-scale unconstrained optimization, Mathematical Programming 26 (1983), 190–212. DOI: 10.1007/BF02592055.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Truncated-Newton Algorithms for Large-Scale Unconstrained Optimization 2: Exact CG Meets Nonpositive Curvature Unless g Is Orthogonal to the Nonpositive Eigenspaces of HResearch Paper

Motivation

Truncated-Newton methods minimize a smooth function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb{R}^n\to\mathbb{R}f:Rn→R by taking, at each iterate xkx_kxk​, a search direction obtained by solving the Newton equation H(xk)p=−g(xk)H(x_k)p=-g(x_k)H(xk​)p=−g(xk​) only approximately, with the linear conjugate gradient (CG) method. Here ggg is the gradient and HHH the Hessian of fff. The approach was analysed by Dembo and Steihaug (Math. Programming 26, 1983), building on the inexact Newton framework of Dembo, Eisenstat and Steihaug (SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 19, 1982), and Newton–CG with curvature tests remains a standard large-scale method (Nocedal and Wright, Numerical Optimization, Ch. 7).

Away from a minimizer the Hessian need not be positive definite, and CG on an indefinite system can produce directions along which fff curves downward. The Dembo–Steihaug method stops CG when it meets such a direction. A practical question follows: started at or near a stationary point that is not a local minimizer, will the method ever notice the nonpositive curvature? Theorem 2.4 of the paper answers it for exact CG: it does, except in a degenerate case described by the eigenspaces of HHH.

Setting

Fix a symmetric linear operator HHH on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, with the Euclidean inner product uTvu^{\mathsf T}vuTv and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and a vector g∈Rng\in\mathbb{R}^ng∈Rn. In the paper these are H(xk)H(x_k)H(xk​) and g(xk)g(x_k)g(xk​) at the current iterate.

The TNCG minor iteration (p. 194) runs CG on Hp=−gHp=-gHp=−g from p0=0p_0=0p0​=0. Its state at iteration iii is (pi,ri,di,δi)(p_i,r_i,d_i,\delta_i)(pi​,ri​,di​,δi​):

p0=0,r0=−g,d0=r0,δ0=r0Tr0,p_0=0,\quad r_0=-g,\quad d_0=r_0,\quad \delta_0=r_0^{\mathsf T}r_0,p0​=0,r0​=−g,d0​=r0​,δ0​=r0T​r0​,

and, writing qi=Hdiq_i=Hd_iqi​=Hdi​,

αi=riTridiTqi,  pi+1=pi+αidi,  ri+1=ri−αiqi,  βi=ri+1Tri+1riTri,  di+1=ri+1+βidi,  δi+1=ri+1Tri+1+βi2δi.\alpha_i=\frac{r_i^{\mathsf T}r_i}{d_i^{\mathsf T}q_i},\ \ p_{i+1}=p_i+\alpha_id_i,\ \ r_{i+1}=r_i-\alpha_iq_i,\ \ \beta_i=\frac{r_{i+1}^{\mathsf T}r_{i+1}}{r_i^{\mathsf T}r_i},\ \ d_{i+1}=r_{i+1}+\beta_id_i,\ \ \delta_{i+1}=r_{i+1}^{\mathsf T}r_{i+1}+\beta_i^2\delta_i .αi​=diT​qi​riT​ri​​,  pi+1​=pi​+αi​di​,  ri+1​=ri​−αi​qi​,  βi​=riT​ri​ri+1T​ri+1​​,  di+1​=ri+1​+βi​di​,  δi+1​=ri+1T​ri+1​+βi2​δi​.

At iteration iii the method first applies the curvature test (2.1), diTHdi≤ε δid_i^{\mathsf T}Hd_i\le\varepsilon\,\delta_idiT​Hdi​≤εδi​, and stops if it holds; otherwise it computes ri+1r_{i+1}ri+1​ and applies the truncation test (2.2), ∥ri+1∥/∥g∥≤η\|r_{i+1}\|/\|g\|\le\eta∥ri+1​∥/∥g∥≤η, and stops if it holds. With ε=η=0\varepsilon=\eta=0ε=η=0, (2.1) reads diTHdi≤0d_i^{\mathsf T}Hd_i\le0diT​Hdi​≤0 and (2.2) reads ri+1=0r_{i+1}=0ri+1​=0. The method exits through (2.1) at iii when no test fired at any iteration j<ij<ij<i and (2.1) holds at iii.

For μ∈R\mu\in\mathbb{R}μ∈R the eigenspace is E(μ,H)={v:Hv=μv}E(\mu,H)=\{v: Hv=\mu v\}E(μ,H)={v:Hv=μv} (A.21). The span of vectors v1,…,vmv_1,\dots,v_mv1​,…,vm​ is written [v1,…,vm][v_1,\dots,v_m][v1​,…,vm​]; the Krylov space of ggg is [g,Hg,…,Hmg][g,Hg,\dots,H^{m}g][g,Hg,…,Hmg].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4 (p. 197)

Let ηk=ε=0\eta_k=\varepsilon=0ηk​=ε=0. If HHH is not positive definite, then either the minor iteration exits through (2.1) at some iteration iii, so that

diTHdi≤0at an iteration i the method reaches,d_i^{\mathsf T}Hd_i\le 0 \quad\text{at an iteration } i \text{ the method reaches},diT​Hdi​≤0at an iteration i the method reaches,

or

gTv=0for every v with Hv=μv, μ≤0.g^{\mathsf T}v=0\quad\text{for every } v \text{ with } Hv=\mu v,\ \mu\le0 .gTv=0for every v with Hv=μv, μ≤0.

Milestones

  1. Theorem A.1, (A.2) and (A.5), at ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 (p. 206). If diTHdi>0d_i^{\mathsf T}Hd_i>0diT​Hdi​>0 for i=0,…,ki=0,\dots,ki=0,…,k, then diTHdj=0d_i^{\mathsf T}Hd_j=0diT​Hdj​=0 for i≠j≤ki\ne j\le ki=j≤k, and [d0,…,dk]=[g,Hg,…,Hkg][d_0,\dots,d_k]=[g,Hg,\dots,H^kg][d0​,…,dk​]=[g,Hg,…,Hkg].
  2. Theorem A.5 (p. 210). If ggg has a nonzero projection on each eigenspace of HHH, kkk is the number of distinct eigenvalues, and vectors d0,…,dk−1d_0,\dots,d_{k-1}d0​,…,dk−1​ are HHH-conjugate with (di,Hdi)>0(d_i,Hd_i)>0(di​,Hdi​)>0 and span [g,…,Hk−1g][g,\dots,H^{k-1}g][g,…,Hk−1g], then HHH is positive definite.
  3. The first sentence of the proof of Theorem 2.4 (p. 211). If ggg is not orthogonal to any eigenspace of HHH, and exact CG passes the curvature test up to iteration iii and ends with ri+1=0r_{i+1}=0ri+1​=0, then HHH is positive definite.

Significance

The theorem is the theoretical justification, given in the paper on p. 197, for using the direction of negative curvature did_idi​ produced in case (ii) of the minor iteration: with exact arithmetic and no truncation, CG either produces a direction of nonpositive curvature or the gradient lies entirely in the span of eigenvectors with positive eigenvalues. The paper draws the consequence that if xk→x∗x_k\to x^*xk​→x∗ and the method terminates through (2.2), then, outside this rare case, x∗x^*x∗ is a strong local minimizer. Theorem A.5 is a self-contained statement about conjugate families in Krylov spaces, usable in any analysis of CG on indefinite systems.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix, pp. 206–211), with the CG relations of Theorem A.1 cited from Hestenes and Stiefel. No machine-checked proof of these statements is known to this mission. Formalizing them produces a Lean development of CG on a symmetric, possibly indefinite operator, with its conjugacy and Krylov-span relations, which classical treatments state only for positive definite systems.

Difficulty

The CG relations of Theorem A.1 are usually proved for positive definite HHH, where every denominator is positive. Here HHH is indefinite, and the relations hold only as long as the curvature along the directions has stayed positive; the induction must carry that hypothesis and must also show the residuals do not vanish early. The passage from "CG ended with r=0r=0r=0" to a statement about all eigenspaces is the second obstacle: the CG run sees only the Krylov space of ggg, so one must relate that space to the eigenspaces that ggg meets, using symmetry of HHH and a count of distinct eigenvalues. A direct argument via "the directions span Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn" fails, because when ggg misses an eigenspace the Krylov space is a proper subspace.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); HHH is a continuous linear map that is self-adjoint (IsSelfAdjoint H), as the paper's HHH is a Hessian. Positive definiteness is vTHv>0v^{\mathsf T}Hv>0vTHv>0 for all v≠0v\ne0v=0. The CG recursion is total and carries no stopping test; division by zero returns 000 in Lean, so states after a would-be stop are junk, and the statements read the iteration only through first-exit predicates. The test (2.2) is encoded in the product form ∥ri+1∥≤η∥g∥\|r_{i+1}\|\le\eta\|g\|∥ri+1​∥≤η∥g∥.

Theorem 2.4 is stated for an arbitrary symmetric HHH and vector ggg rather than at an iterate of a run of the full algorithm. It uses nothing else about fff or the run, and every such pair occurs as the Hessian and gradient of an admissible objective. The paper's (A.5) prints Hk−1gH^{k-1}gHk−1g as the last Krylov vector; the correct HkgH^kgHkg is used.

A trivializing formalization exists and is ruled out: the first alternative is not "diTHdi≤0d_i^{\mathsf T}Hd_i\le0diT​Hdi​≤0 for some iii" over the unstopped recursion, which holds automatically once a residual vanishes (the recursion then continues with d=0d=0d=0); it requires that iteration iii is reached with no earlier exit. The goal does not assume conjugacy, the Krylov span identity, or the hypotheses of Theorem A.5.

A complete development needs the spectral theorem for self-adjoint operators on finite-dimensional spaces (in Mathlib), finiteness of the set of eigenvalues, and the CG invariants. The CG lemmas are reusable for any Newton–CG or trust-region CG analysis. Proofs of the milestones, and of auxiliary CG invariants such as (A.3)–(A.4), are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. S. Dembo and T. Steihaug, Truncated-Newton algorithms for large-scale unconstrained optimization, Mathematical Programming 26 (1983) 190–212. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02592055
  • R. S. Dembo, S. C. Eisenstat and T. Steihaug, Inexact Newton methods, SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis 19 (1982) 400–408. https://doi.org/10.1137/0719025
  • M. R. Hestenes and E. Stiefel, Methods of conjugate gradients for solving linear systems, Journal of Research of the National Bureau of Standards 49 (1952) 409–436. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.049.044
  • T. Steihaug, The conjugate gradient method and trust regions in large scale optimization, SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis 20 (1983) 626–637. https://doi.org/10.1137/0720042
  • J. Nocedal and S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of Interior-Reflective Newton Methods for Nonlinear Minimization Subject to Bounds 1: The Interior-Reflective Line Search Algorithm Drives D_k²g_k to ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

Minimizing a smooth function subject to simple bounds on the variables, l≤x≤ul\le x\le ul≤x≤u, is one of the most common problems in nonlinear optimization: it arises on its own (nonnegativity constraints, box-constrained least squares, parameter estimation with physical ranges) and as the subproblem of augmented Lagrangian and penalty methods. The classical approaches are active-set methods, which follow the boundary of the box and must guess which bounds are tight, and projected-gradient methods, which project trial points onto the box.

Coleman and Li proposed an alternative that never touches the boundary: an interior-reflective Newton method. Every iterate is strictly feasible; a new affine scaling D(x)D(x)D(x) measures how far each variable is from the bound its gradient points toward; and the line search follows a reflective path, which bounces off the faces of the box instead of stopping at them or being projected back. The method is the basis of the trust-region-reflective algorithm in MATLAB's Optimization Toolbox (fmincon, lsqnonlin), so its convergence theory underlies a widely used solver.

Timeline:

  • 1992–1994: Coleman and Li introduce the interior-reflective approach and analyse its convergence (Math. Programming 67, 1994), proving first-order global convergence (Theorem 8) and local quadratic convergence (Theorem 13).
  • 1996: Coleman and Li extend the approach to trust-region subproblems (SIAM J. Optim. 6, 1996), the version implemented in MATLAB.

This mission is the first of two drawn from the 1994 paper; the second treats the local quadratic rate.

Setting

The problem (1.1) is

min⁡x∈Rnf(x)subject tol≤x≤u,\min_{x\in\mathbb R^n} f(x)\quad\text{subject to}\quad l\le x\le u,x∈Rnmin​f(x)subject tol≤x≤u,

with l∈(R∪{−∞})nl\in(\mathbb R\cup\{-\infty\})^nl∈(R∪{−∞})n, u∈(R∪{+∞})nu\in(\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\})^nu∈(R∪{+∞})n, l≤ul\le ul≤u. The feasible box is F={x:l≤x≤u}\mathcal F=\{x:l\le x\le u\}F={x:l≤x≤u} and its strict interior is int⁡(F)={x:l<x<u}\operatorname{int}(\mathcal F)=\{x:l<x<u\}int(F)={x:l<x<u}. Write g(x)=∇f(x)g(x)=\nabla f(x)g(x)=∇f(x) and H(x)=∇2f(x)H(x)=\nabla^2 f(x)H(x)=∇2f(x), and gk=g(xk)g_k=g(x_k)gk​=g(xk​), Hk=H(xk)H_k=H(x_k)Hk​=H(xk​) along a sequence.

The standing assumption (p. 191): for the starting point x1x_1x1​, the level set L={x∈F:f(x)≤f(x1)}\mathcal L=\{x\in\mathcal F: f(x)\le f(x_1)\}L={x∈F:f(x)≤f(x1​)} is compact, and fff is twice continuously differentiable on an open set D⊇FD\supseteq\mathcal FD⊇F.

The scaling vector v(x)v(x)v(x) (Definition 2) has components vi=xi−uiv_i=x_i-u_ivi​=xi​−ui​ if gi<0g_i<0gi​<0 and ui<∞u_i<\inftyui​<∞; vi=xi−liv_i=x_i-l_ivi​=xi​−li​ if gi≥0g_i\ge0gi​≥0 and li>−∞l_i>-\inftyli​>−∞; vi=−1v_i=-1vi​=−1 if gi<0g_i<0gi​<0 and ui=∞u_i=\inftyui​=∞; vi=1v_i=1vi​=1 if gi≥0g_i\ge0gi​≥0 and li=−∞l_i=-\inftyli​=−∞. The scaling matrix is D(x)=diag⁡(∣v(x)∣1/2)D(x)=\operatorname{diag}(|v(x)|^{1/2})D(x)=diag(∣v(x)∣1/2), and Dk=D(xk)D_k=D(x_k)Dk​=D(xk​). The system D(x)2g(x)=0D(x)^2g(x)=0D(x)2g(x)=0 is equivalent to the first-order optimality conditions of (1.1).

The reflective transformation RRR (Fig. 6) folds Rn\mathbb R^nRn onto F\mathcal FF coordinate by coordinate: a coordinate with one finite bound is reflected about it, and a coordinate with two finite bounds is folded periodically (a triangle wave between lil_ili​ and uiu_iui​). The reflective path from xxx in the direction sss is p(α)=R(x+αs)−xp(\alpha)=R(x+\alpha s)-xp(α)=R(x+αs)−x: it moves along sss and reverses the corresponding component of the direction whenever it meets a face. A breakpoint is a stepsize at which the path lies on the boundary.

The interior-reflective algorithm (Fig. 9), with 0<σl<σu<10<\sigma_l<\sigma_u<10<σl​<σu​<1 and ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, starts at x1∈int⁡(F)x_1\in\operatorname{int}(\mathcal F)x1​∈int(F); at each step it chooses a descent direction sks_ksk​ and a stepsize αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0 that is not a breakpoint and satisfies

f(xk+1)<f(xk)+σl(αkgkTsk+12αk2min⁡(skTHksk,0))(3.4)f(x_{k+1})<f(x_k)+\sigma_l\big(\alpha_kg_k^{T}s_k+\tfrac12\alpha_k^2\min(s_k^{T}H_ks_k,0)\big)\qquad(3.4)f(xk+1​)<f(xk​)+σl​(αk​gkT​sk​+21​αk2​min(skT​Hk​sk​,0))(3.4)

and either

f(xk+1)>f(xk)+σu(αkgkTsk+12αk2min⁡(skTHksk,0))(3.5)f(x_{k+1})>f(x_k)+\sigma_u\big(\alpha_kg_k^{T}s_k+\tfrac12\alpha_k^2\min(s_k^{T}H_ks_k,0)\big)\qquad(3.5)f(xk+1​)>f(xk​)+σu​(αk​gkT​sk​+21​αk2​min(skT​Hk​sk​,0))(3.5)

or αk>ρ\alpha_k>\rhoαk​>ρ; then xk+1=xk+pk(αk)x_{k+1}=x_k+p_k(\alpha_k)xk+1​=xk​+pk​(αk​).

The directions {sk}\{s_k\}{sk​} are constraint-compatible (Definition 3) if {Dk−2sk}\{D_k^{-2}s_k\}{Dk−2​sk​} is bounded, and consistent (Definition 4) if skTgk→0s_k^{T}g_k\to0skT​gk​→0 implies Dkgk→0D_kg_k\to0Dk​gk​→0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8

If {xk}\{x_k\}{xk​} is generated by the algorithm of Fig. 9 and {sk}\{s_k\}{sk​} is both consistent and constraint-compatible, then

Dk2gk→0andαk2min⁡(skTHksk,0)→0.D_k^2g_k\to0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\alpha_k^2\min(s_k^{T}H_ks_k,0)\to0 .Dk2​gk​→0andαk2​min(skT​Hk​sk​,0)→0.

No constants are involved; the statement is the paper's.

Milestones

  1. The iterates stay in L\mathcal LL and f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) strictly decreases (proof of Theorem 8, p. 207).
  2. Theorem 3: constraint compatibility bounds the breakpoints BRk(j)=∣vkj∣/∣skj∣BR_k(j)=|v_{kj}|/|s_{kj}|BRk​(j)=∣vkj​∣/∣skj​∣ away from zero.
  3. Lemma 7, in its one-sided form: if αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0, then f(xk+1)−f(xk)≤αkgkTsk+Cαk2f(x_{k+1})-f(x_k)\le\alpha_kg_k^{T}s_k+C\alpha_k^2f(xk+1​)−f(xk​)≤αk​gkT​sk​+Cαk2​ eventually.
  4. αkgkTsk→0\alpha_kg_k^{T}s_k\to0αk​gkT​sk​→0 and αk2min⁡(skTHksk,0)→0\alpha_k^2\min(s_k^{T}H_ks_k,0)\to0αk2​min(skT​Hk​sk​,0)→0 (proof of Theorem 8, p. 208).
  5. gkTsk→0g_k^{T}s_k\to0gkT​sk​→0 for constraint-compatible directions (proof of Theorem 8, p. 208).

Companion results: Theorem 2 (the acceptable stepsize interval exists, so the algorithm is well defined), and Theorems 5 (1)–(2) and 6 (1)–(2) (the scaled steepest-descent directions −Dk2gk-D_k^2g_k−Dk2​gk​ and −Dk2sgn⁡(gk)-D_k^2\operatorname{sgn}(g_k)−Dk2​sgn(gk​) are constraint-compatible and consistent).

Significance

Theorem 8 is the global first-order convergence theorem of the interior-reflective approach. With Theorems 5 and 6 it shows that the simplest instance, scaled steepest descent along the reflective path, reaches first-order points from any strictly feasible start; the paper's later second-order and quadratic results for the trust-region variant are built on it. Constraint compatibility and consistency isolate exactly what a search direction must satisfy, so the theorem applies to any direction rule that can be checked against these two conditions.

The result has been proved since 1994 but, to our knowledge, not machine-checked. A formalization requires a precise model of the reflective path, which the paper describes by an algorithm (Fig. 4) and a coordinate formula (Fig. 6), and a careful treatment of points where the scaling degenerates. The formal statements also make explicit a point the printed text leaves loose: Lemma 7 is printed as an equality but only an inequality holds, and only the inequality is used.

Difficulty

The argument has the shape of a standard sufficient-decrease proof, but the step that is routine for straight-line searches fails here. The path is not a line: as α\alphaα grows, components of the direction are reversed at breakpoints, so f(xk+pk(α))−f(xk)f(x_k+p_k(\alpha))-f(x_k)f(xk​+pk​(α))−f(xk​) is not αgkTsk+O(α2)\alpha g_k^{T}s_k+O(\alpha^2)αgkT​sk​+O(α2) in general, since a reflected component changes the linear term by an amount of order α\alphaα. Lemma 7 must show that, for constraint-compatible directions, only components whose reflection decreases the linear term can be reflected at small steps, and the Taylor remainders must be controlled uniformly over a run, on a neighbourhood of the compact level set inside the open set where fff is C2C^2C2. The scaling also degenerates at the boundary, where vvv vanishes; the iterates must be kept strictly interior for Dk−2D_k^{-2}Dk−2​ to be meaningful.

Formalization scope

Points are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); the bounds are EReal vectors with li≠+∞l_i\neq+\inftyli​=+∞, ui≠−∞u_i\neq-\inftyui​=−∞ and l≤ul\le ul≤u. The box and the level set are the published LewisTorczon.BoundPS.box and levelSet. The gradient is Mathlib's gradient, and sTH(x)ss^{T}H(x)ssTH(x)s is the inner product of the derivative of the gradient map applied to sss with sss. D(x)D(x)D(x) is never formed as a matrix: D2gD^2gD2g, DgDgDg, D−2sD^{-2}sD−2s and D2sgn⁡(g)D^2\operatorname{sgn}(g)D2sgn(g) are written componentwise. The reflective path is R(x+αs)−xR(x+\alpha s)-xR(x+αs)−x with RRR the transformation of Fig. 6, which the paper describes as the same method as Fig. 4 in another notation (p. 199); "not a breakpoint" is the requirement that the new iterate be interior. Descent direction is footnote 3's: strict decrease along the path for all small α>0\alpha>0α>0. Sequences start at index 0, which is the paper's x1x_1x1​. The standing compactness and smoothness assumption is carried as explicit hypotheses.

The goal does not assume gkTsk→0g_k^{T}s_k\to0gkT​sk​→0, αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0, or anything about breakpoints; a version of Theorem 8 that did, or one whose algorithm projected onto the box instead of reflecting, or whose run predicate no sequence can satisfy, would not be the paper's theorem. Lemma 7 keeps the paper's assumption αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0 and records the one-sided upper bound established by its proof. Theorem 3 uses the breakpoint distance in the direction of motion and applies its bound when that distance equals ∣vkj∣/∣skj∣|v_{kj}|/|s_{kj}|∣vkj​∣/∣skj​∣.

A complete development needs Taylor's theorem with uniform remainder along piecewise linear paths in a box, and basic facts about the reflection RRR (it maps into F\mathcal FF, is the identity on F\mathcal FF, and is continuous). These are reusable for any reflective or projected line search. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as are independent proofs of the companion results.

Selected references

  • T. F. Coleman and Y. Li, On the convergence of interior-reflective Newton methods for nonlinear minimization subject to bounds, Mathematical Programming 67 (1994), 189–224. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01582221
  • T. F. Coleman and Y. Li, An interior trust region approach for nonlinear minimization subject to bounds, SIAM Journal on Optimization 6 (1996), 418–445. https://doi.org/10.1137/0806023
  • R. M. Lewis and V. Torczon, Pattern search algorithms for bound constrained minimization, SIAM Journal on Optimization 9 (1999), 1082–1099 (source of the published box and level-set definitions reused here). https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623496300507
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingGraph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Complexity of Markov Decision Processes II: The Optimal Average Cost of a Deterministic Process Is the Least Mean Cost of a Cycle Reachable from the Initial StateResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process describes repeated choices whose costs and subsequent states depend on the current state. Such models are used when a decision affects both today's expense and the options available tomorrow. Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis studied how the computational difficulty of finding an optimal policy changes between stochastic and deterministic transitions. Their general finite-state problems are P-complete, while their deterministic cases admit highly parallel algorithms Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis, 1987. The contrast makes the deterministic case a useful setting in which to isolate the precise graph problem hidden inside long-run optimization.

This mission concerns their infinite-horizon average-cost case. When transitions are certain, every decision is an arc in a directed graph. The long-run cost of a policy can be related to the mean cost of a cycle reachable from the initial state. That relation is the mathematical claim supporting the algorithm in the paper's Theorem 3, whose headline says that the deterministic average-cost problem is in NC Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis, p. 446.

Setting

Let SSS be a finite set of states and s0∈Ss_0\in Ss0​∈S the initial state. At each s∈Ss\in Ss∈S there is a finite, nonempty decision set DsD_sDs​. A decision d∈Dsd\in D_sd∈Ds​ has a real cost c(s,d)c(s,d)c(s,d) and moves the process with certainty to next⁡(s,d)∈S\operatorname{next}(s,d)\in Snext(s,d)∈S. All of these data are stationary: they do not change with time. A policy δ(s,t)\delta(s,t)δ(s,t) chooses a decision for each state and each time t=0,1,2,…t=0,1,2,\ldotst=0,1,2,…. It generates a trajectory by st+1=next⁡(st,δ(st,t))s_{t+1}=\operatorname{next}(s_t,\delta(s_t,t))st+1​=next(st​,δ(st​,t)). The corresponding directed graph has a state for each node and a decision for each arc. It may contain loops and parallel arcs, since different decisions can lead to the same next state.

The paper prints the finite average with T+1T+1T+1 cost terms and denominator TTT:

aTδ(s0)=1T∑t=0Tc(st,δ(st,t)).a_T^\delta(s_0)=\frac{1}{T}\sum_{t=0}^{T}c(s_t,\delta(s_t,t)).aTδ​(s0​)=T1​t=0∑T​c(st​,δ(st​,t)).

A time-dependent policy's averages may fail to converge. We use the upper limit gδ(s0)=lim sup⁡T→∞aTδ(s0)g^\delta(s_0)=\limsup_{T\to\infty}a_T^\delta(s_0)gδ(s0​)=limsupT→∞​aTδ​(s0​) and optimize over all policies, g∗(s0)=inf⁡δgδ(s0)g^*(s_0)=\inf_\delta g^\delta(s_0)g∗(s0​)=infδ​gδ(s0​). A state uuu is reachable if some finite walk of decision arcs goes from s0s_0s0​ to uuu. A simple cycle CCC is a positive-length closed sequence of decision arcs with distinct states before it returns to its start; its mean cost is mean⁡(C)=c(C)/∣C∣\operatorname{mean}(C)=c(C)/|C|mean(C)=c(C)/∣C∣. A loop is a one-arc simple cycle.

For states u,vu,vu,v, the min-plus adjacency entry AuvA_{uv}Auv​ is the least cost of a decision arc from uuu to vvv, or +∞+\infty+∞ when no such arc exists. A min-plus product uses addition in place of multiplication and minimum in place of addition. Thus (Ak)uv(A^k)_{uv}(Ak)uv​ represents the least cost of a kkk-arc walk from uuu to vvv, when such a walk exists Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis, pp. 445–446.

Formalization targets

Reachable cycles

The first target identifies the value of the original policy optimization problem:

g∗(s0)=min⁡C simple cycleC reachable from s0mean⁡(C).g^*(s_0)=\min_{\substack{C\text{ simple cycle}\\C\text{ reachable from }s_0}}\operatorname{mean}(C).g∗(s0​)=C simple cycleC reachable from s0​​min​mean(C).

It also states that a policy attains this value with convergent finite averages. The milestone for following a reachable cycle gives the attainable direction; the milestone saying that no policy can improve the least mean gives the reverse direction. The latter is formulated with lim inf⁡\liminfliminf, so it applies even when a policy's averages oscillate.

Min-plus calculation

The second target identifies the finite graph calculation used in the paper:

g∗(s0)=min⁡u reachable from s01≤k≤∣S∣(Ak)uu<+∞(Ak)uuk.g^*(s_0)=\min_{\substack{u\text{ reachable from }s_0\\1\leq k\leq |S|\\(A^k)_{uu}<+\infty}}\frac{(A^k)_{uu}}{k}.g∗(s0​)=u reachable from s0​1≤k≤∣S∣(Ak)uu​<+∞​min​k(Ak)uu​​.

The milestones establish what a min-plus power says about decision walks and why closed walks of lengths from 111 through ∣S∣|S|∣S∣ recover the least simple-cycle mean. The restriction to reachable uuu is essential: a cheap cycle in a disconnected component cannot be used from s0s_0s0​.

Significance

The result reduces optimization over infinitely many decision times and all state-and-time policies to finitely many closed-walk calculations. It also guarantees that an optimal long-run value is realized by a trajectory with a genuine limiting average, despite the nonconvergence possible for other policies. The finite formula lets one determine the value by comparing graph quantities indexed by states and lengths; it is the correctness statement beneath the paper's parallel algorithm Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis, p. 446.

Formalizing the identity creates a reusable bridge between deterministic decision processes, weighted directed walks and min-plus powers. Related proved tropical-algebra results on maximum cycle means use dense matrices and a max-plus convention, rather than the reachable, possibly missing-arc, minimum-cost process here; for example, the platform's TropicalLA.tpow_isGreatest concerns greatest walk weights. The present mission keeps the policy optimum and reachability explicit. The paper proves the result mathematically; these Lean statements are open proof targets in the proposal.

Difficulty

An arbitrary policy can keep changing its choices at repeated visits to the same state. Its averages can oscillate, so one cannot simply assume that its infinite trajectory becomes periodic or that its printed limit exists. The lower-bound claim must apply to every such trajectory. There is a second distinction between a closed walk and a simple cycle: a diagonal min-plus entry allows repeated states, whereas the cycle characterization is stated using simple cycles. Finally, an unrestricted matrix calculation would include cycles unreachable from the chosen initial state.

Formalization scope

Lean represents the general finite stationary deterministic process in its own definition, then defines policies, finite walks, simple cycles, average costs and min-plus powers on top of it. Decisions are arcs, so parallel arcs remain distinguishable; AuvA_{uv}Auv​ takes their least cost and uses WithTop ℝ for a missing arc. Decision sets are explicitly nonempty because a policy has to make a choice at every state. The finite state set is automatically nonempty once s0s_0s0​ is supplied. Policy time starts at zero. The printed T+1T+1T+1 terms divided by TTT are retained; Lean's T=0T=0T=0 quotient is zero and has no effect on the limit. The optimum is the infimum over all policies δ(s,t)\delta(s,t)δ(s,t), not a quantity defined by cycles or by stationary policies. Finite states and finite decision sets bound the one-step costs and hence the averages; this gives real limsup and infimum their intended values.

The paper's Theorem 3 asserts membership in NC. This mission formalizes the exact optimization identity that makes that algorithm correct. Its processor count and parallel-time bound are outside the scope, as are membership in P, log-space computability of reductions, PSPACE membership and the paper's Corollaries 1–2. Contributions to the finite-walk and min-plus lemmas, the lower bound for arbitrary policy paths, and the cycle-attainment statement are all needed; the graph definitions can be reused in other deterministic control problems.

Selected references

  • Christos H. Papadimitriou and John N. Tsitsiklis, The Complexity of Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 12(3), 1987, pp. 441–450. DOI.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Wait-and-Judge Scenario Optimization 2: Over Generic Sets, P^N{V(x_N) > ε(s_N)} ≤ γ*, the Least ξ(1) over Degree-N Polynomials Feasible for (31)Research Paper

Motivation

A solution of a scenario optimization program is chosen after observing finitely many uncertain constraints. Its future reliability depends on constraints that were not sampled. The usual advance question asks how many samples are needed to make every output reliable. Campi and Garatti instead ask what can be certified after solving the program, when the number of sampled constraints that actually determined its solution is visible. Their wait-and-judge result uses that observed number to set a violation threshold. This mission concerns their extension from convex programs in finite-dimensional spaces to programs over an arbitrary decision set, with no convexity requirement.

The generic extension matters when a dimension bound on the number of influential constraints is unavailable. A decision may be a combinatorial object, a function, or an element of an infinite-dimensional space. The paper allows the support count to range from zero to the full sample size NNN, and its threshold includes the case of NNN support constraints. The paper's Section 6 gives the model and its two probability guarantees.

Setting

Let SSS be a set of decisions. A subset X⊆SX\subseteq SX⊆S is the domain; a real function f:S→Rf:S\to\mathbb Rf:S→R is the cost. An uncertain outcome δ\deltaδ belongs to a measurable space Δ\DeltaΔ with probability measure PPP, and imposes a constraint set Xδ⊆SX_\delta\subseteq SXδ​⊆S. For a sample ω=(δ(1),…,δ(N))\omega=(\delta^{(1)},\ldots,\delta^{(N)})ω=(δ(1),…,δ(N)) of NNN independent outcomes, the program minimizes f(x)f(x)f(x) over x∈Xx\in Xx∈X that belongs to every sampled Xδ(i)X_{\delta^{(i)}}Xδ(i)​. The sample law is PNP^NPN. There is no algebraic or topological condition on the feasible sets or on fff.

A fixed finite sequence of real tie-break functions is minimized lexicographically after the original cost. This selects one solution xN∗(ω)x_N^*(\omega)xN∗​(ω) whenever the program has a selected minimizer. Assumption 1 requires existence and uniqueness for every finite sample, including the empty one. A sampled constraint is a support constraint if removing it changes this selected solution. The number of support constraints is sN∗(ω)s_N^*(\omega)sN∗​(ω). Assumption 2 says that, with probability one, keeping only the support constraints gives the same selected solution. Both assumptions are part of the source's generic setting; they are substantive restrictions even though the sets and cost are otherwise arbitrary.

The violation of a decision is V(x)=P{δ:x∉Xδ}V(x)=P\{\delta:x\notin X_\delta\}V(x)=P{δ:x∈/Xδ​}. Thus V(xN∗)V(x_N^*)V(xN∗​) is the probability that a fresh constraint rejects the computed solution. Since the solution and support count depend on the sample, the wait-and-judge event uses a threshold function ε\varepsilonε evaluated at the observed count, {V(xN∗)>ε(sN∗)}\{V(x_N^*)>\varepsilon(s_N^*)\}{V(xN∗​)>ε(sN∗​)}. For each k≥0k\ge0k≥0, the paper also uses a generalized distribution function Fk(v)=Pk{V(xk∗)≤v, sk∗=k}F_k(v)=P^k\{V(x_k^*)\le v,\ s_k^*=k\}Fk​(v)=Pk{V(xk∗​)≤v, sk∗​=k}. It need not have total mass one.

Formalization targets

Variational bound, Theorem 3

For any N≥1N\ge1N≥1 and any [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued ε\varepsilonε on {0,…,N}\{0,\ldots,N\}{0,…,N}, let γ∗\gamma^*γ∗ be the infimum of feasible values q(1)q(1)q(1) over real polynomials of degree at most NNN satisfying

q(k)(t)k!≥(Nk)tN−k1[0,1−ε(k))(t),0≤k≤N,0≤t≤1.\frac{q^{(k)}(t)}{k!}\ge {N\choose k}t^{N-k}{\bf1}_{[0,1-\varepsilon(k))}(t),\qquad 0\le k\le N,\quad 0\le t\le1.k!q(k)(t)​≥(kN​)tN−k1[0,1−ε(k))​(t),0≤k≤N,0≤t≤1.

The goal is the paper's Theorem 3:

PN{V(xN∗)>ε(sN∗)}≤γ∗.P^N\{V(x_N^*)>\varepsilon(s_N^*)\}\le\gamma^*.PN{V(xN∗​)>ε(sN∗​)}≤γ∗.

The polynomial value retains the full dependence on the chosen threshold function. The source prints an extraneous ddd in Theorem 3's range for kkk; its generic setting and variational problem use 0≤k≤N0\le k\le N0≤k≤N.

Explicit confidence bound, Theorem 4

For 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, the paper's Theorem 4 defines t(k)∈(0,1)t(k)\in(0,1)t(k)∈(0,1) as the unique root of

βN+1∑m=kN(mk)tm−k−(Nk)tN−k=0(0≤k<N).\frac{\beta}{N+1}\sum_{m=k}^{N}{m\choose k}t^{m-k}-{N\choose k}t^{N-k}=0\qquad(0\le k<N).N+1β​m=k∑N​(km​)tm−k−(kN​)tN−k=0(0≤k<N).

With ε(k)=1−t(k)\varepsilon(k)=1-t(k)ε(k)=1−t(k) for k<Nk<Nk<N and ε(N)=1\varepsilon(N)=1ε(N)=1, its conclusion is

PN{V(xN∗)>ε(sN∗)}≤β.P^N\{V(x_N^*)>\varepsilon(s_N^*)\}\le\beta.PN{V(xN∗​)>ε(sN∗​)}≤β.

The terminal value ε(N)=1\varepsilon(N)=1ε(N)=1 is essential because the paper gives examples with sN∗=Ns_N^*=NsN∗​=N and V(xN∗)=1V(x_N^*)=1V(xN∗​)=1.

Significance

Theorem 3 makes the observed support count a usable statistic for assessing the solution's future constraint violation without a dimension bound. Theorem 4 turns it into a certificate at any chosen confidence parameter β\betaβ. The confidence threshold depends on the count seen after the program is solved. These statements do not claim that every generic program satisfies Assumptions 1–2; they say what follows for programs that do.

A formal development must make the statistical objects and the analytic value agree exactly: the solution must come from the feasible set and the fixed tie-break rule, the support count must record changes of solution, and γ∗\gamma^*γ∗ must be the value of the derivative-constrained polynomial problem. The reusable outputs include the generic scenario model, its generalized violation distributions, and the finite moment and dual formulations. The statements are known results of Campi and Garatti; this mission asks for machine-checked proofs of those results and their selected intermediate claims.

Difficulty

The observed support count is data-dependent. Conditioning on sN∗=ks_N^*=ksN∗​=k therefore cannot be treated as conditioning on a fixed subset of kkk sample coordinates. Symmetry across possible support subsets must agree with the selected solution under removal of nonsupport constraints. Assumption 2 is what rules out a degenerate change of solution when only support constraints remain. In the generic setting the possible count grows with NNN, so the distributional characterization has one measure FkF_kFk​ for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0 and moment equations for every sample size. The resulting infinite family must still be related to the finite degree-NNN polynomial value in (31). No convexity or finite-dimensional geometry is available to supply a fixed support bound.

Formalization scope

Lean represents the decision set by an arbitrary type SSS, with a measurable structure only to state the paper's implicit measurability convention. Samples are functions Fin N → Δ with zero-based indices and product law Measure.pi. The published generic violation definition is reused. The domain, constraint family, cost, finite lexicographic tie-break, selected solution, support set, and FkF_kFk​ are defined locally. A Nonempty S instance provides an unused fallback value to the total solution selector; Assumption 1 already implies that SSS is nonempty.

The source takes measurability for granted in a footnote. Here the constraint relation is jointly measurable, every solution map is measurable, and each support event is measurable. These pins assign probabilities to the events the paper uses. The FkF_kFk​ are finite measures on R\mathbb RR, so the paper's Stieltjes integrals are represented as integrals over (ε(k),1](\varepsilon(k),1](ε(k),1] or [0,1][0,1][0,1] against those measures. The polynomial class PN\mathcal P_NPN​ means degree at most NNN, matching the N+1N+1N+1 coefficients in (36). The value γ∗\gamma^*γ∗ is a real infimum; a separate sanity proof gives a feasible polynomial and a zero lower bound on all feasible values.

The goal retains Assumptions 1–2 and states the actual tail bound. It does not assume the moment equations or a favorable value of γ∗\gamma^*γ∗, and no support count is fixed in advance. Contributions toward the distributional decomposition, the moment equations, the finite weak-duality inequality, the polynomial identity, and the explicit-root theorem are within scope.

Selected references

  • M. C. Campi and S. Garatti, Wait-and-judge scenario optimization, Mathematical Programming, 2018. DOI: 10.1007/s10107-016-1056-9. The mission uses the authors' accepted manuscript, especially Sections 6–7 and Theorems 3–4.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryCombinatoricsOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments V: Stackelberg Matroid Pricing Is an Assortment Problem Under a Regular Choice ModelResearch Paper

Motivation

In Stackelberg network pricing a leader sets prices on some resources, and a follower then buys the cheapest structure available to them, paying the leader for the priced resources they use. The Stackelberg Minimum Spanning Tree problem, introduced by Cardinal, Demaine, Fiorini, Joret, Langerman, Newman and Weimann (Algorithmica 2011), is the version in which the follower buys a minimum spanning tree. The best known approximation factors for it are those of uniform pricing, which gives every priced edge the same price (Berbeglia–Joret, p. 21).

Independently, revenue management studies assortment optimisation: a seller chooses which products to offer, and customers choose among the offered products according to a discrete choice model. Berbeglia and Joret (arXiv:1606.01371, Algorithmica 2020) analyse the revenue-ordered heuristic (offer every product whose revenue is at least some threshold) under any regular choice model, and prove tight approximation bounds.

§4.6 of that paper shows that the two problems are the same problem: a Stackelberg Matroid pricing instance is an assortment problem under a regular choice model, and uniform pricing is the revenue-ordered heuristic on that model. The bounds of Cardinal et al. on uniform pricing thus become special cases of the general bounds on revenue-ordered assortments. This mission formalizes that correspondence (Theorem 4.16).

Setting

Choice model. Let C\mathcal CC be a finite set of products. A system of choice probabilities assigns to each offered set S⊆CS\subseteq\mathcal CS⊆C and product xxx a probability P(x,S)\mathcal P(x,S)P(x,S), with no-purchase probability P(0,S)=1−∑x∈SP(x,S)\mathcal P(0,S)=1-\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)P(0,S)=1−∑x∈S​P(x,S). It is regular if (i) all probabilities are nonnegative, (ii) P(x,S)=0\mathcal P(x,S)=0P(x,S)=0 for x∉Sx\notin Sx∈/S, (iii) ∑x∈SP(x,S)≤1\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)\le1∑x∈S​P(x,S)≤1, and (iv) P(x,S)≥P(x,S′)\mathcal P(x,S)\ge\mathcal P(x,S')P(x,S)≥P(x,S′) whenever S⊆S′S\subseteq S'S⊆S′ and x∈S∪{0}x\in S\cup\{0\}x∈S∪{0}. With revenues r:C→R>0r:\mathcal C\to\mathbb R_{>0}r:C→R>0​, rev(S)=∑x∈SP(x,S)r(x)\mathrm{rev}(S)=\sum_{x\in S}\mathcal P(x,S)r(x)rev(S)=∑x∈S​P(x,S)r(x) and OPT=max⁡Srev(S)\mathrm{OPT}=\max_S\mathrm{rev}(S)OPT=maxS​rev(S). The revenue-ordered assortment generated by yyy is {y′∈C:r(y′)≥r(y)}\{y'\in\mathcal C:r(y')\ge r(y)\}{y′∈C:r(y′)≥r(y)}.

Greedy algorithm. Given a family of independent sets, a linear ordering LLL and a set FFF, greedy(F,L)\mathrm{greedy}(F,L)greedy(F,L) scans FFF in the order induced by LLL, starting from ∅\emptyset∅, and adds each element that keeps the current set independent.

Stackelberg Matroid problem. An instance is a matroid M=(E,X)M=(E,\mathcal X)M=(E,X), a bipartition E=R⊔BE=R\sqcup BE=R⊔B into red and blue elements, and red costs c:R→R>0c:R\to\mathbb R_{>0}c:R→R>0​; some base of MMM lies inside RRR. The leader chooses prices p:B→R>0p:B\to\mathbb R_{>0}p:B→R>0​. The customer buys a minimum-weight base by running greedy on R∪BR\cup BR∪B with an ordering L∗L^*L∗ that is non-decreasing in weight (ccc on RRR, ppp on BBB) and puts blue elements first on ties. The leader earns revStack(p,L∗)=∑e∈B∩greedyM(R∪B,L∗)p(e)\mathrm{rev}_{\mathrm{Stack}}(p,L^*)=\sum_{e\in B\cap\mathrm{greedy}_M(R\cup B,L^*)}p(e)revStack​(p,L∗)=∑e∈B∩greedyM​(R∪B,L∗)​p(e).

The assortment instance. Let c1<⋯<ckc_1<\dots<c_kc1​<⋯<ck​ be the distinct red costs. Products are C=B×{c1,…,ck}\mathcal C=B\times\{c_1,\dots,c_k\}C=B×{c1​,…,ck​} with r((e,q))=∣B∣ qr((e,q))=|B|\,qr((e,q))=∣B∣q. The auxiliary matroid M′M'M′ on R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C declares XXX independent when it holds at most one pair (e,q)(e,q)(e,q) per blue eee and (R∩X)∪{e:(e,q)∈X}(R\cap X)\cup\{e:(e,q)\in X\}(R∩X)∪{e:(e,q)∈X} is independent in MMM. With an ordering LLL of R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C that is non-decreasing in cost and puts products before red elements on ties, P((e,q),S)=1/∣B∣\mathcal P((e,q),S)=1/|B|P((e,q),S)=1/∣B∣ if (e,q)∈greedyM′(R∪S,L)(e,q)\in\mathrm{greedy}_{M'}(R\cup S,L)(e,q)∈greedyM′​(R∪S,L) and 000 otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.16 (p. 24)

For the instance above, with B≠∅B\ne\emptysetB=∅ and every admissible LLL:

P is regular,r>0,max⁡S⊆Crev(S)=max⁡p>0, L∗revStack(p,L∗),\mathcal P\ \text{is regular},\quad r>0,\qquad \max_{S\subseteq\mathcal C}\mathrm{rev}(S)=\max_{p>0,\ L^*}\mathrm{rev}_{\mathrm{Stack}}(p,L^*),P is regular,r>0,S⊆Cmax​rev(S)=p>0, L∗max​revStack​(p,L∗),

and uniform pricing corresponds to revenue-ordered assortments: for each cic_ici​ some revenue-ordered assortment earns the revenue of the uniform price cic_ici​, and every revenue-ordered assortment earns the revenue of some uniform price cic_ici​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.14 (p. 23): for F⊆F′F\subseteq F'F⊆F′, ∣greedyM(F′,L)∣≥∣greedyM(F,L)∣|\mathrm{greedy}_M(F',L)|\ge|\mathrm{greedy}_M(F,L)|∣greedyM​(F′,L)∣≥∣greedyM​(F,L)∣ and F∩greedyM(F′,L)⊆greedyM(F,L)F\cap\mathrm{greedy}_M(F',L)\subseteq\mathrm{greedy}_M(F,L)F∩greedyM​(F′,L)⊆greedyM​(F,L).
  2. Property (14) (p. 31): orderings agreeing on a block partition make greedy pick the same number of elements per block.
  3. Lemma 4.15 (p. 23): the Stackelberg revenue does not depend on the compatible ordering.
  4. M′M'M′ is a matroid (p. 32).
  5. Regularity of P\mathcal PP (pp. 32–33).
  6. rev(S)\mathrm{rev}(S)rev(S) equals the Stackelberg revenue of pS(e)=min⁡{q:(e,q)∈S}p_S(e)=\min\{q:(e,q)\in S\}pS​(e)=min{q:(e,q)∈S} (pp. 33–34).
  7. Rounding prices up to the cost levels does not decrease revenue (p. 34).
  8. For prices in {c1,…,ck}∪{+∞}\{c_1,\dots,c_k\}\cup\{+\infty\}{c1​,…,ck​}∪{+∞}, rev(Sp)\mathrm{rev}(S_p)rev(Sp​) equals the Stackelberg revenue of ppp (pp. 34–35).

Significance

Theorem 4.16 transfers every guarantee for revenue-ordered assortments under regular models to uniform pricing in Stackelberg Matroid pricing. Specialising Theorems 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of the paper through it gives exactly the three bounds on uniform pricing proved by Cardinal et al. for Stackelberg Minimum Spanning Tree (Theorem 3 of their paper), which those authors showed to be tight (p. 24). It also places uniform pricing inside a general picture: it is a threshold policy for a regular choice model whose purchase probabilities come from a matroid greedy algorithm, and the paper notes that the argument extends to polymatroids.

The result is proved in the paper, with two steps left to the reader (M′M'M′ is a matroid) or justified briefly (rounding prices). No machine-checked proof exists. A formalization also produces a reusable greedy algorithm on finite matroids with its monotonicity properties (Lemma 4.14, (14)), which Mathlib at the pinned revision does not have.

Difficulty

The obvious argument identifies the customer's run of greedy on (M,R∪B)(M,R\cup B)(M,R∪B) with the run of greedy on (M′,R∪S)(M',R\cup S)(M′,R∪S) step by step. That identification fails as stated: the choice probabilities are defined with one fixed ordering LLL of R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C, while the customer's ordering L∗L^*L∗ is any ordering compatible with the prices, and ties among blue elements of equal price, or between a product and a red element of equal cost, may be broken differently. Equality of revenues therefore needs the tie-independence property (14) applied to M′M'M′ as well as to MMM, which in turn needs M′M'M′ to be a matroid. A second gap is axiom (iv) for the no-purchase option: it requires that offering more products never decreases the number of products greedy selects, which is Lemma 4.14 (i)–(ii) for M′M'M′ combined, not a pointwise statement. Finally, the paper's "+∞+\infty+∞" price must be handled with the red base: without a base inside RRR, a blue element priced above all costs can still be bought and the optimum is unbounded.

Formalization scope

  • Elements and orderings. The matroid is a Mathlib Matroid α; RRR, BBB are Finset α with R∪BR\cup BR∪B equal to the ground set; costs and prices are functions α → ℝ, used only on RRR and BBB. A linear ordering is a duplicate-free List covering the set; greedy on FFF scans the whole list and skips elements outside FFF, so FFF is never re-sorted.
  • Greedy is defined for an arbitrary independence predicate on finite sets, so that it applies to M′M'M′ before M′M'M′ is shown to be a matroid.
  • Customer model. Compatibility (15a)–(15b), including blue priority on ties, is part of the definition of an admissible customer ordering. The red base is a field of every instance.
  • Assortment instance. Elements of R∪CR\cup\mathcal CR∪C live in α ⊕ (α × ℝ). The paper's conditions (1)–(2) for M′M'M′ contain two typos (a missing "∈X\in X∈X" and X\mathcal XX for XXX); the intended conditions are formalized. The price +∞+\infty+∞ is the real number 1+∑f∈Rc(f)1+\sum_{f\in R}c(f)1+∑f∈R​c(f), strictly above every red cost.
  • Goal shape. The theorem is stated for the explicit instance of the proof, for every admissible LLL. The optimum of the Stackelberg side is a maximum (IsGreatest) over positive real prices and all compatible customer orderings. Cost levels are quantified as elements of the set of red costs rather than by index.
  • Ruled out. An existential statement ("some regular instance has the same optimum") is met by a single product with revenue OPTStack\mathrm{OPT}_{\mathrm{Stack}}OPTStack​ and is not this theorem; so is a customer model without tie-breaking, a formalization without the red base, or Lemma 4.14 only for F=F′F=F'F=F′.

Contributions welcome: proofs of Lemma 4.14 and (14) for Mathlib matroids (reusable beyond this mission), the matroid property of parallel extensions such as M′M'M′, and the three revenue identities.

Selected references

  • G. Berbeglia and G. Joret, Assortment Optimisation Under a General Discrete Choice Model: A Tight Analysis of Revenue-Ordered Assortments, arXiv:1606.01371v3, 2019 (Algorithmica, 2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.01371
  • J. Cardinal, E. D. Demaine, S. Fiorini, G. Joret, S. Langerman, I. Newman and O. Weimann, The Stackelberg Minimum Spanning Tree Game, Algorithmica 59(2):129–144, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00453-009-9299-y
  • A. Schrijver, Combinatorial Optimization: Polyhedra and Efficiency, Vol. B, Algorithms and Combinatorics 24, Springer, 2003 (matroids and the greedy algorithm). https://link.springer.com/book/9783540443896
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Numerically Stable Dual Method for Solving Strictly Convex Quadratic Programs: The Dual Algorithm Solves the QP or Detects Its Infeasibility in Finitely Many StepsResearch Paper

Motivation

Strictly convex quadratic programs — minimize a positive definite quadratic subject to linear inequalities — are the subproblems solved at every iteration of successive quadratic programming (SQP) methods for nonlinear optimization, and they arise directly in least-squares estimation with constraints, portfolio selection and model predictive control. In SQP the unconstrained minimizer of the quadratic model is available at no cost, while a feasible point is not.

D. Goldfarb and A. Idnani (Math. Programming 27 (1983) 1–33) proposed a dual active-set method that exploits this asymmetry. It starts at the unconstrained minimizer, which is optimal for the problem with all constraints removed, and adds violated constraints one at a time while keeping the current point optimal for the subproblem defined by the current active set. No phase 1 is needed. The method, usually called the Goldfarb–Idnani algorithm, is the basis of widely used solvers (for example the quadprog package in R and QuadProg++), and the paper proves that it terminates finitely with a correct answer.

Earlier dual methods for quadratic programming include the modified-simplex methods of Lemke (Management Science 8 (1962) 442–453) and of Van de Panne and Whinston (1964), which the paper compares with its own in Section 7.

Setting

Fix n,m∈Nn, m \in \mathbb Nn,m∈N, a vector a∈Rna \in \mathbb R^na∈Rn, a symmetric positive definite n×nn\times nn×n matrix GGG, an n×mn\times mn×m matrix CCC with columns n1,…,nmn_1,\dots,n_mn1​,…,nm​, and b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm. The quadratic program (1.1) is

min⁡x f(x)=aTx+12xTGxsubject tosi(x)=niTx−bi≥0,i∈K={1,…,m}.\min_x\ f(x) = a^{\mathsf T}x + \tfrac12 x^{\mathsf T}Gx \quad\text{subject to}\quad s_i(x) = n_i^{\mathsf T}x - b_i \ge 0,\quad i \in K = \{1,\dots,m\}.xmin​ f(x)=aTx+21​xTGxsubject tosi​(x)=niT​x−bi​≥0,i∈K={1,…,m}.

The gradient is g(x)=Gx+ag(x) = Gx + ag(x)=Gx+a. For J⊆KJ \subseteq KJ⊆K, the subproblem P(J)P(J)P(J) keeps only the constraints indexed by JJJ; P(∅)P(\emptyset)P(∅) is solved by x0=−G−1ax^0 = -G^{-1}ax0=−G−1a. A set A⊆KA \subseteq KA⊆K is linearly independent if the normals nin_ini​, i∈Ai\in Ai∈A, are.

For an independent AAA, let NNN be the matrix with columns nin_ini​, i∈Ai\in Ai∈A, and define

N∗=(NTG−1N)−1NTG−1,H=G−1−G−1N(NTG−1N)−1NTG−1.N^* = (N^{\mathsf T}G^{-1}N)^{-1}N^{\mathsf T}G^{-1},\qquad H = G^{-1} - G^{-1}N(N^{\mathsf T}G^{-1}N)^{-1}N^{\mathsf T}G^{-1}.N∗=(NTG−1N)−1NTG−1,H=G−1−G−1N(NTG−1N)−1NTG−1.

The multipliers are u(x)=N∗g(x)u(x) = N^*g(x)u(x)=N∗g(x); for a constraint p∉Ap \notin Ap∈/A with normal n+=npn^+ = n_pn+=np​ the infeasibility multipliers are r=N∗n+r = N^*n^+r=N∗n+; a superscript +++ denotes the same objects for A+=A∪{p}A^+ = A\cup\{p\}A+=A∪{p}.

An S-pair (x,A)(x, A)(x,A) is an independent active set AAA with si(x)=0s_i(x) = 0si​(x)=0 for i∈Ai\in Ai∈A and xxx optimal for P(A)P(A)P(A). A V-triple (x,A,p)(x, A, p)(x,A,p) has p∉Ap\notin Ap∈/A, A+A^+A+ independent, sp(x)<0s_p(x) < 0sp​(x)<0, si(x)=0s_i(x) = 0si​(x)=0 for i∈Ai \in Ai∈A, H+g(x)=0H^+g(x) = 0H+g(x)=0 and u+(x)=(N+)∗g(x)≥0u^+(x) = (N^+)^*g(x) \ge 0u+(x)=(N+)∗g(x)≥0.

The dual algorithm starts from (x0,∅)(x^0, \emptyset)(x0,∅). In Step 1 it stops if xxx is feasible; otherwise it picks any violated constraint ppp. In Step 2 it moves along the primal direction z=Hn+z = Hn^+z=Hn+ and the dual direction (−r;1)(-r; 1)(−r;1) with step t=min⁡{t1,t2}t = \min\{t_1, t_2\}t=min{t1​,t2​}, where t1t_1t1​ is the largest step that keeps the multipliers nonnegative and t2=−sp(x)/zTn+t_2 = -s_p(x)/z^{\mathsf T}n^+t2​=−sp​(x)/zTn+ makes constraint ppp active. If both are infinite it reports infeasibility. A full step (t=t2t = t_2t=t2​) adds ppp and returns to Step 1. A partial step (t=t1<t2t = t_1 < t_2t=t1​<t2​), or a dual step (z=0z = 0z=0), drops a constraint kkk attaining t1t_1t1​ and repeats Step 2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 11)

For every choice of the violated constraint ppp and of the dropped constraint kkk:

no run from (x0,∅) is infinite, and every run that cannot continue ends in {STOP at an optimal x of (1.1), orSTOP with {x:CTx≥b}=∅.\text{no run from } (x^0,\emptyset) \text{ is infinite, and every run that cannot continue ends in } \begin{cases}\text{STOP at an optimal } x \text{ of (1.1)}, \text{ or}\\ \text{STOP with } \{x : C^{\mathsf T}x \ge b\} = \emptyset.\end{cases}no run from (x0,∅) is infinite, and every run that cannot continue ends in {STOP at an optimal x of (1.1), orSTOP with {x:CTx≥b}=∅.​

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Properties (2.6)–(2.9) (p. 5): Hw=0  ⟺  w∈range⁡NHw = 0 \iff w \in \operatorname{range} NHw=0⟺w∈rangeN; H⪰0H \succeq 0H⪰0; HGH=HHGH = HHGH=H; N∗GH=0N^*GH = 0N∗GH=0.
  2. Optimality conditions (2.3)–(2.4) (p. 5): on the manifold of AAA, xxx solves P(A)P(A)P(A) iff N∗g(x)≥0N^*g(x) \ge 0N∗g(x)≥0 and Hg(x)=0Hg(x) = 0Hg(x)=0.
  3. Lemma 1 (p. 8): along xˉ=x+tHn+\bar x = x + tHn^+xˉ=x+tHn+ from a V-triple, H+g(xˉ)=0H^+g(\bar x) = 0H+g(xˉ)=0, the constraints of AAA stay active, u+(xˉ)=u+(x)+t(−r;1)u^+(\bar x) = u^+(x) + t(-r;1)u+(xˉ)=u+(x)+t(−r;1) and sp(xˉ)=sp(x)+t zTn+s_p(\bar x) = s_p(x) + t\,z^{\mathsf T}n^+sp​(xˉ)=sp​(x)+tzTn+.
  4. Theorem 1 (pp. 8–9): the step t=min⁡{t1,t2}t = \min\{t_1,t_2\}t=min{t1​,t2​} increases sps_psp​ and fff; a partial step yields a V-triple, a full step an S-pair.
  5. Theorem 2 (p. 10): if np=Nrn_p = Nrnp​=Nr and sp(x)<0s_p(x) < 0sp​(x)<0 at an S-pair, then r≤0r \le 0r≤0 means P(A∪{p})P(A\cup\{p\})P(A∪{p}) is infeasible; otherwise dropping a minimizing kkk gives a V-triple.
  6. One round of Step 2 (p. 11): from an S-pair and a violated ppp, at most ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ partial or dual steps and one final step end either in infeasibility of (1.1) or in a new S-pair (xˉ,Aˉ∪{p})(\bar x, \bar A \cup\{p\})(xˉ,Aˉ∪{p}) with Aˉ⊆A\bar A\subseteq AAˉ⊆A and f(xˉ)>f(x)f(\bar x) > f(x)f(xˉ)>f(x).

Significance

Theorem 3 is the correctness certificate of the Goldfarb–Idnani method: whatever rule an implementation uses to choose the entering and leaving constraints, it cannot cycle and its answer is right. In particular the infeasibility verdict is a proof that (1.1) has no feasible point, which matters in SQP where infeasible subproblems trigger a different branch of the outer method. The intermediate results (the operator identities, Lemma 1, Theorems 1–2) are the standard analysis of dual active-set methods for quadratic programming.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. A formal development produces verified projector identities for N∗N^*N∗ and HHH, a verified KKT characterization for equality-active subproblems, and a verified finite-termination proof for a nondeterministic algorithm with an explicit step relation. The platform already has a proved KKT sufficiency theorem for general convex programs (ConvexOptimization.kkt_sufficient_for_convex), stated over EuclideanSpace with general convex functions and gradient fields; it can serve as background for the sufficiency half of milestone 2, but it is not stated in this mission's matrix objects.

Difficulty

The obvious termination argument is that fff increases strictly at every iteration and there are finitely many active sets. It fails as stated: partial steps may leave xxx unchanged (the dual steps of Step 2(c)(ii)), so fff is only nondecreasing between consecutive states. A termination proof therefore needs a measure that also decreases along steps that do not move xxx. Any such argument relies on invariants (independence of A+A^+A+, nonnegativity of the multipliers, sp<0s_p < 0sp​<0 along partial steps) that hold only on reachable states, and the operators N∗N^*N∗ and HHH are meaningful only while those invariants hold. Correctness of the infeasibility verdict requires the dependent case (Theorem 2), not only Theorem 1.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, GGG is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ with G.PosDef, CCC is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin m) ℝ, and active sets are Finset (Fin m). Multiplier vectors are indexed by constraint index (Fin m → ℝ, zero off the active set), not by position in AAA. Lean's matrix inverse returns 000 for singular matrices, so every statement about N∗N^*N∗ and HHH assumes G≻0G \succ 0G≻0 and an independent active set (directly, or through an S-pair or V-triple).

The algorithm is the inductive relation Step on states step1 x A u, step2 x A p u⁺, stopOptimal x, stopInfeasible, with one transition per admissible choice of ppp and kkk. Infinite step lengths are separate transitions; a tie t1=t2t_1 = t_2t1​=t2​ takes the full step, as the paper tests t=t2t = t_2t=t2​ first. The running value of fff and the factorizations of Section 4 are not part of the state.

Explicit readings of the paper's words:

  • "solves the QPP or indicates infeasibility in a finite number of steps" is: no infinite sequence of Step transitions from the Step-0 state, and every reachable state without a successor is a STOP whose verdict is correct (optimal for (1.1), or (1.1) infeasible);
  • "S-pair" is: AAA independent and active at xxx, with xxx optimal for P(A)P(A)P(A) (the reading every use in the paper needs);
  • in Theorem 1 the partial-step clause carries t<t2t < t_2t<t2​ (as in its proof), and the multiplier printed uj+1+u^+_{j+1}uj+1+​ in (3.16) is uq+1+u^+_{q+1}uq+1+​, the entry belonging to ppp;
  • "an S-pair can never reoccur" is expressed as the strict increase f(xˉ)>f(x)f(\bar x) > f(x)f(xˉ)>f(x) in milestone 6.

Property (2.10), printed HH+=H+HH^+ = H^+HH+=H+, is false unless G=IG = IG=I and is not formalized. Equality constraints (1.2), Section 4 (numerically stable implementation), Sections 5–6 (computations), Section 7 (comparisons) and the Appendix example are out of scope.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal quantifies over every run of the relation (not one selection rule, not "some run terminates"), the infeasibility verdict is about (1.1) itself, and the algorithm is a relation that always has a successor until a STOP, so correctness cannot hold because a run gets stuck.

Needed infrastructure: Schur-complement and projector identities for N∗N^*N∗ and HHH; first-order optimality for convex quadratics on affine subspaces with inequality multipliers; well-foundedness arguments for a nondeterministic relation. The operator identities and the KKT characterization are reusable for other active-set and SQP analyses. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, and of reusable lemmas about N∗N^*N∗ and HHH, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Goldfarb and A. Idnani, A numerically stable dual method for solving strictly convex quadratic programs, Mathematical Programming 27 (1983) 1–33. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02591962
  • C. E. Lemke, A method of solution for quadratic programs, Management Science 8 (1962) 442–453. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.8.4.442
  • J. Nocedal and S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006, Chapter 16. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Statistics of Robust Optimization: A Generalized Empirical Likelihood Approach 2: Empirical Likelihood Intervals for the Optimal Value inf_x E[ℓ(x;ξ)] Have Exact Coverage P(χ²₁ ≤ ρ)Research Paper

Why coverage of an optimal value matters

Many stochastic optimization problems choose a decision by minimizing an expected loss. The optimum depends on an unknown distribution, so a data-based optimum alone gives no measure of uncertainty about the best achievable expected loss. This mission concerns a confidence set for that optimal value, rather than a confidence set for the decision itself. The result of Duchi, Glynn, and Namkoong shows that a broad class of divergence neighborhoods of the empirical distribution yields a calibrated limit for this set. The same construction covers nonsmooth losses and constrained decisions when the regularity assumptions below hold.

The paper develops generalized empirical likelihood for smooth functionals of a distribution and then applies it to optimization. Its Theorem 3 states the exact asymptotic coverage result for the optimal value; Appendix C identifies the functional derivative, while Appendix B gives the uniform linearization and expansion on which calibration rests. The statistical result is proved in the paper. The mission asks for a machine-checked development of its statements and proof under an explicit nondegeneracy condition required by the paper's general coverage theorem.

Decisions, losses, and divergence neighborhoods

Let X⊆Rd\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd be a nonempty compact decision set. An observation ξ\xiξ has population law P0P_0P0​, and ℓ(x;ξ)∈R\ell(x;\xi)\in\mathbb Rℓ(x;ξ)∈R is the loss at decision xxx. The quantity of interest is the optimal-value functional

Topt(P)=inf⁡x∈XEP[ℓ(x;ξ)].T_{\rm opt}(P)=\inf_{x\in\mathcal X}\mathbb E_P[\ell(x;\xi)].Topt​(P)=x∈Xinf​EP​[ℓ(x;ξ)].

The observations ξ1,…,ξn\xi_1,\ldots,\xi_nξ1​,…,ξn​ are independent and identically distributed with law P0P_0P0​. Write P^n\widehat P_nPn​ for their empirical distribution. A candidate distribution supported on the indexed observations is represented by nonnegative weights pip_ipi​ with ∑ipi=1\sum_i p_i=1∑i​pi​=1. Indexed weights also cover samples with repeated observations. For a convex divergence generator fff normalized by f(1)=f′(1)=0f(1)=f'(1)=0f(1)=f′(1)=0 and f′′(1)=2f''(1)=2f′′(1)=2, its divergence from the empirical law is Df(p∥P^n)=n−1∑if(npi)D_f(p\|\widehat P_n)=n^{-1}\sum_i f(np_i)Df​(p∥Pn​)=n−1∑i​f(npi​). Assumption A further requires fff to be three times continuously differentiable near 111; it permits f(0)=+∞f(0)=+\inftyf(0)=+∞.

At radius ρ/n\rho/nρ/n, the divergence ball consists of the weights with ∑if(npi)≤ρ\sum_i f(np_i)\le\rho∑i​f(npi​)≤ρ. The confidence set is its image under ToptT_{\rm opt}Topt​:

Cn,ρ={Topt(p):Df(p∥P^n)≤ρ/n}.C_{n,\rho}=\{T_{\rm opt}(p):D_f(p\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n\}.Cn,ρ​={Topt​(p):Df​(p∥Pn​)≤ρ/n}.

Assumption B makes X\mathcal XX compact and requires ℓ(⋅;ξ)\ell(\cdot;\xi)ℓ(⋅;ξ) to be Lipschitz on it with a measurable random coefficient M(ξ)M(\xi)M(ξ). The theorem adds finite second moments for MMM and for the loss at one feasible decision. These conditions control losses at every feasible decision. They also make the population and weighted empirical infima finite on the cases used in the limit.

Formalization targets

The goal is the exact asymptotic coverage of the population optimal value, with x⋆x^\starx⋆ the unique optimizer and Var⁡P0(ℓ(x⋆;ξ))>0\operatorname{Var}_{P_0}(\ell(x^\star;\xi))>0VarP0​​(ℓ(x⋆;ξ))>0:

P∗ ⁣(Topt(P0)∈Cn,ρ)⟶P(χ12≤ρ),ρ≥0.P^*\!\left(T_{\rm opt}(P_0)\in C_{n,\rho}\right)\longrightarrow P(\chi_1^2\le\rho),\qquad \rho\ge0.P∗(Topt​(P0​)∈Cn,ρ​)⟶P(χ12​≤ρ),ρ≥0.

Here P∗P^*P∗ denotes outer probability, and χ12\chi_1^2χ12​ is the square of a standard normal variable. The milestone statements follow the paper's path to this theorem. Lemma 17 gives the directional derivative of an optimal-value functional. Lemma 13 bounds feasible empirical weights relative to uniform weights. Lemma 16 makes the nonlinear remainder uniformly negligible on the divergence ball. The display after (37) then gives a first-order expansion of the upper endpoint of Cn,ρC_{n,\rho}Cn,ρ​; the next display gives its one-sided Gaussian coverage limit. The goal concerns membership in the image set Cn,ρC_{n,\rho}Cn,ρ​, including both sides of that interval.

What the result provides

The limit specifies a radius through a one degree of freedom chi square quantile. It applies to the value of a constrained stochastic optimization problem without requiring the optimizer or the loss to be differentiable. The positive variance condition ensures that the influence function supplies a genuine Gaussian scale. Without such a condition, a deterministic optimal loss can make coverage identically one, so the stated chi square limit would fail. The general theorem in the paper explicitly requires positive influence variance; this mission makes the condition visible in the specialized optimal-value statement.

A complete formalization would connect finite-sample divergence geometry to an asymptotic confidence claim about an optimization functional. The empirical mean and variance definitions, divergence ball, and normalized generator already exist as reusable declarations. This mission adds the optimal-value functional, its influence function, the nonlinear remainder, and the statistical limits. Those definitions can also support later confidence statements for other stochastic optimization models. The result is proved in the source paper; the Lean statements here are open targets awaiting proofs.

The mathematical obstacle

Pointwise control of each loss ℓ(x;ξ)\ell(x;\xi)ℓ(x;ξ) is insufficient for the optimal value: the decision minimizing an empirical weighted objective can move with the weights. A pointwise mean expansion therefore does not by itself control the infimum over xxx. The required limit combines uniform control over the loss class with sensitivity of the infimum functional near its population minimizer. The uniform remainder in Lemma 16 is stronger than a statement for the ordinary empirical distribution because it covers every distribution in the shrinking divergence ball. The final event is membership in the image of that ball; bounds on its upper endpoint alone do not establish two-sided coverage.

Formalization scope

Lean represents decisions by EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and assumes a nonempty compact feasible set. Assumption B uses its Euclidean norm. The paper allows any norm in finite dimension; norm equivalence permits this choice after rescaling the Lipschitz coefficient. The population law is the pushforward of the first measurable observation from a probability space. Samples are indexed from zero, so the first nnn observations are indices 0,…,n−10,\ldots,n-10,…,n−1. Independence and identical distribution are explicit hypotheses. Loss measurability is explicit so the population integrals have their intended values. Square integrability and compact Lipschitz control keep the real infima meaningful.

The generator takes values in EReal so a divergence infinite at zero is representable. The ball uses the published probability uncertainty set with radius ρ/n\rho/nρ/n and includes nonnegativity and unit mass. Its weights represent distributions absolutely continuous with respect to the empirical law. With tied observations, equal splitting across copies preserves the induced distribution and does not increase a convex divergence. The upper endpoint is sup⁡pinf⁡x\sup_p\inf_xsupp​infx​; the different minimax expression inf⁡xsup⁡p\inf_x\sup_pinfx​supp​ is not substituted. The chi square target uses the standard Gaussian measure of {z:z2≤ρ}\{z:z^2\le\rho\}{z:z2≤ρ}.

Mathlib measures are outer measures on arbitrary sets, so the probability of a possibly nonmeasurable membership or supremum event is the paper's outer probability. The Lemma 17 milestone expresses a signed measure through its action H(x)H(x)H(x) on the losses, as Appendix C.2 does, and uses positive directional steps. Real suprema and infima are used only where the hypotheses provide nonempty bounded values. The variance hypothesis rules out the trivial deterministic-loss counterexample. Useful contributions include the compactness and continuity facts needed for those extrema, the action-level derivative, empirical process limits, and the final two-sided event argument.

Selected references

  • John C. Duchi, Peter W. Glynn, and Hongseok Namkoong, Statistics of Robust Optimization: A Generalized Empirical Likelihood Approach, arXiv:1610.03425v3, 2018; published in Mathematics of Operations Research 46(3), 2021. arXiv preprint
21 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Statistics of Robust Optimization: A Generalized Empirical Likelihood Approach 1: The f-Divergence Robust Mean Is the Sample Mean plus √(ρ·s_n²/n) up to o(n^(−1/2)) Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

Distributionally robust optimization replaces the average of a loss over a sample by its worst-case average over all distributions close to the sample. When closeness is measured by an fff-divergence, the worst case over a ball of radius ρ/n\rho/nρ/n around the empirical distribution is also the upper endpoint of a generalized empirical likelihood confidence interval. Empirical likelihood (Owen, 1988–2001) is the case f(t)=−2log⁡t+2t−2f(t)=-2\log t+2t-2f(t)=−2logt+2t−2; the χ2\chi^2χ2, Cressie–Read and other divergences give the rest of the family.

Duchi, Glynn and Namkoong (arXiv:1610.03425, Mathematics of Operations Research 46(3), 2021) show that these robust objects behave, to first order, like the sample mean plus a variance penalty. Their Lemma 1 is the scalar version of that statement and, in the authors' words (p. 7), an expansion "that essentially gives all of the major distributional convergence results in this paper": with the central limit theorem it yields the asymptotically exact χ12\chi^2_1χ12​ coverage of empirical likelihood intervals for a mean, and its uniform extension yields the coverage results for optimal values of stochastic programs.

Timeline. Owen (1988, 1990) proved the χ2\chi^2χ2 calibration of empirical likelihood for means of i.i.d. data. Its extension to smooth fff-divergences is, as the paper notes (p. 6), essentially due to Baggerly (1998), Corcoran (1998) and Bertail, Gautherat and Harari-Kermadec (2014). Lam (arXiv:1605.09349) proved an in-probability version of the expansion below for f(t)=−2log⁡tf(t)=-2\log tf(t)=−2logt. Namkoong and Duchi (2017, arXiv:1610.02581) proved a finite-sample, high-probability version for the χ2\chi^2χ2 divergence and bounded variables. Duchi, Glynn and Namkoong proved the almost-sure version for every smooth fff and for stationary ergodic data.

Setting

Let f:[0,∞)→(−∞,+∞]f:[0,\infty)\to(-\infty,+\infty]f:[0,∞)→(−∞,+∞] be convex and lower semicontinuous, as every divergence generator in the paper is. Assumption A asks that fff be finite on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), three times differentiable near 111, with f(1)=f′(1)=0f(1)=f'(1)=0f(1)=f′(1)=0 and f′′(1)=2f''(1)=2f′′(1)=2; the value f(0)f(0)f(0) may be +∞+\infty+∞.

Let z=(z1,…,zn)z=(z_1,\dots,z_n)z=(z1​,…,zn​) be a sample with empirical distribution P^n\widehat P_nPn​. A distribution P≪P^nP\ll\widehat P_nP≪Pn​ is a weight vector p≥0p\ge0p≥0 with ∑ipi=1\sum_ip_i=1∑i​pi​=1, and Df(P∥P^n)=∑i=1n1nf(npi)D_f(P\|\widehat P_n)=\sum_{i=1}^n\frac1nf(np_i)Df​(P∥Pn​)=∑i=1n​n1​f(npi​). The robust mean is

sup⁡P: Df(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nEP[Z]=sup⁡{∑ipizi:p≥0, ∑ipi=1, ∑i1nf(npi)≤ρn}.\sup_{P:\,D_f(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n}E_P[Z]=\sup\Big\{\sum_ip_iz_i : p\ge0,\ \sum_ip_i=1,\ \sum_i\tfrac1nf(np_i)\le\tfrac\rho n\Big\}.P:Df​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/nsup​EP​[Z]=sup{i∑​pi​zi​:p≥0, i∑​pi​=1, i∑​n1​f(npi​)≤nρ​}.

The sample mean is EP^n[Z]=1n∑iziE_{\widehat P_n}[Z]=\frac1n\sum_iz_iEPn​​[Z]=n1​∑i​zi​ and the sample variance is sn2=EP^n[Z2]−EP^n[Z]2s_n^2=E_{\widehat P_n}[Z^2]-E_{\widehat P_n}[Z]^2sn2​=EPn​​[Z2]−EPn​​[Z]2 (normalised by 1/n1/n1/n).

A sequence Z1,Z2,…Z_1,Z_2,\dotsZ1​,Z2​,… of real random variables is strictly stationary and ergodic if the law μZ\mu_ZμZ​ of the path (Z1,Z2,… )(Z_1,Z_2,\dots)(Z1​,Z2​,…) on RN\mathbb R^{\mathbb N}RN is invariant under the left shift θ\thetaθ and every θ\thetaθ-invariant measurable set of paths has μZ\mu_ZμZ​-measure 000 or 111. Every i.i.d. sequence qualifies (Kolmogorov's 000–111 law), as do stationary Markov chains started in a unique invariant law and stationary mixing sequences.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 1, the almost-sure variance expansion (p. 7)

Let Z1,Z2,…Z_1,Z_2,\dotsZ1​,Z2​,… be strictly stationary and ergodic with E[Z12]<∞E[Z_1^2]<\inftyE[Z12​]<∞, let fff satisfy Assumption A and ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0. Then almost surely

n  ∣sup⁡P: Df(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nEP[Z]−EP^n[Z]−ρn sn2∣  ⟶  0.\sqrt n\;\Big|\sup_{P:\,D_f(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n}E_P[Z]-E_{\widehat P_n}[Z]-\sqrt{\frac\rho n\,s_n^2}\Big|\;\longrightarrow\;0 .n​​P:Df​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/nsup​EP​[Z]−EPn​​[Z]−nρ​sn2​​​⟶0.

This is the paper's (8), "≤ϵn/n\le\epsilon_n/\sqrt n≤ϵn​/n​ with ϵn→0\epsilon_n\to0ϵn​→0 a.s.", with ϵn\epsilon_nϵn​ taken to be the left-hand side. No rate is asserted, so the goal is not tied to any constant.

Milestones (Appendix A, pp. 31–33)

  1. (30): there are 0<c,C<∞0<c,C<\infty0<c,C<∞ depending only on fff with 2(1−Cϵ)hϵ(t)≤f(t+1)2(1-C\epsilon)h_\epsilon(t)\le f(t+1)2(1−Cϵ)hϵ​(t)≤f(t+1) for t≥−1t\ge-1t≥−1 and f(t+1)≤(1+Cϵ)t2f(t+1)\le(1+C\epsilon)t^2f(t+1)≤(1+Cϵ)t2 for ∣t∣≤ϵ|t|\le\epsilon∣t∣≤ϵ, whenever 0<ϵ≤c0<\epsilon\le c0<ϵ≤c. Here hϵh_\epsilonhϵ​ is the Huber function, t2/2t^2/2t2/2 for ∣t∣≤ϵ|t|\le\epsilon∣t∣≤ϵ and ϵ∣t∣−ϵ2/2\epsilon|t|-\epsilon^2/2ϵ∣t∣−ϵ2/2 otherwise.
  2. (32): with the sets Usm⊂U⊂Ubig\mathcal U_{\rm sm}\subset\mathcal U\subset\mathcal U_{\rm big}Usm​⊂U⊂Ubig​ of (31), sup⁡UsmuTz≤(robust mean)−EP^n[Z]=sup⁡UuTz≤sup⁡UbiguTz\sup_{\mathcal U_{\rm sm}}u^Tz\le(\text{robust mean})-E_{\widehat P_n}[Z]=\sup_{\mathcal U}u^Tz\le\sup_{\mathcal U_{\rm big}}u^TzsupUsm​​uTz≤(robust mean)−EPn​​[Z]=supU​uTz≤supUbig​​uTz.
  3. Lemma 8: sup⁡u∈UsmuTz=ρsn(z)2/n /1+Cϵ\sup_{u\in\mathcal U_{\rm sm}}u^Tz=\sqrt{\rho s_n(z)^2/n}\,/\sqrt{1+C\epsilon}supu∈Usm​​uTz=ρsn​(z)2/n​/1+Cϵ​ when ∥z−zˉn∥∞/n≤ϵsn(z)(1+Cϵ)/ρ\|z-\bar z_n\|_\infty/\sqrt n\le\epsilon s_n(z)\sqrt{(1+C\epsilon)/\rho}∥z−zˉn​∥∞​/n​≤ϵsn​(z)(1+Cϵ)/ρ​.
  4. Lemma 9: sup⁡u∈UbiguTz≤ρsn(z)2/n /1−Cϵ\sup_{u\in\mathcal U_{\rm big}}u^Tz\le\sqrt{\rho s_n(z)^2/n}\,/\sqrt{1-C\epsilon}supu∈Ubig​​uTz≤ρsn​(z)2/n​/1−Cϵ​ under the same condition with 1−Cϵ1-C\epsilon1−Cϵ.
  5. Lemma 6: on the event max⁡i≤n∣zi−zˉn∣/n≤ϵsn(1−Cϵ)/ρ\max_{i\le n}|z_i-\bar z_n|/\sqrt n\le\epsilon s_n\sqrt{(1-C\epsilon)/\rho}maxi≤n​∣zi​−zˉn​∣/n​≤ϵsn​(1−Cϵ)/ρ​, the robust mean lies between EP^n[Z]+ρsn2/n/1+CϵE_{\widehat P_n}[Z]+\sqrt{\rho s_n^2/n}/\sqrt{1+C\epsilon}EPn​​[Z]+ρsn2​/n​/1+Cϵ​ and EP^n[Z]+ρsn2/n/1−CϵE_{\widehat P_n}[Z]+\sqrt{\rho s_n^2/n}/\sqrt{1-C\epsilon}EPn​​[Z]+ρsn2​/n​/1−Cϵ​.
  6. Lemma 7: for identically distributed (possibly dependent) ZiZ_iZi​ with E∣Z1∣k<∞E|Z_1|^k<\inftyE∣Z1​∣k<∞, P(∣Zn∣≥ϵn1/k i.o.)=0P(|Z_n|\ge\epsilon n^{1/k}\text{ i.o.})=0P(∣Zn​∣≥ϵn1/k i.o.)=0 for every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 and max⁡i≤n∣Zi∣/n1/k→0\max_{i\le n}|Z_i|/n^{1/k}\to0maxi≤n​∣Zi​∣/n1/k→0 almost surely.

Significance

The result. The expansion says the robust mean is a variance-regularised mean, EP^n[Z]+ρ sn2/nE_{\widehat P_n}[Z]+\sqrt{\rho\,s_n^2/n}EPn​​[Z]+ρsn2​/n​, up to o(n−1/2)o(n^{-1/2})o(n−1/2), for every smooth divergence at once. Combined with the central limit theorem and Slutsky's lemma, it gives P(E[Z]∈{EP[Z]:Df(P∥P^n)≤ρ/n})→P(χ12≤ρ)P\big(E[Z]\in\{E_P[Z]:D_f(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n\}\big)\to P(\chi^2_1\le\rho)P(E[Z]∈{EP​[Z]:Df​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/n})→P(χ12​≤ρ), the exact asymptotic coverage of generalized empirical likelihood intervals (the paper's Proposition 1 for d=1d=1d=1). The paper's uniform expansion (Theorem 2) and its coverage theorem for optimal values (Theorem 3) rest on the same mechanism. Because the statement is almost sure and allows stationary ergodic data, it also covers time series and simulation output.

Formalizing it. The lemma is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version of it, of (30), or of Lemmas 6–9 exists. A complete development would give the first formal link between fff-divergence balls and variance regularisation for general fff, and a formal almost-sure theory for empirical likelihood beyond the i.i.d. case. The χ2\chi^2χ2-only finite-sample expansion of Namkoong and Duchi (2017) is posed, not proved, on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious route is a second-order Taylor expansion of fff around 111 inside the supremum. It fails because the optimal weights npinp_inpi​ are close to 111 only if no single observation is large compared with n sn\sqrt n\,s_nn​sn​; a heavy observation drives a weight to 000, where fff may be infinite and is not approximated by its Taylor polynomial. The argument has to sandwich the divergence ball between a quadratic ball and a Huber ball valid on all of [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), then show that the event "no observation of order n\sqrt nn​" holds eventually almost surely, which under only a second moment and no independence needs a Borel–Cantelli argument for identically distributed variables (Lemma 7). The sample variance limit needs Birkhoff's pointwise ergodic theorem, which Mathlib does not yet contain.

Formalization scope

  • Samples. Z:N→Ω→RZ:\mathbb N\to\Omega\to\mathbb RZ:N→Ω→R on a probability space; Lean's Z 0 is the paper's Z1Z_1Z1​ and the nnn-th sample vector is fun i : Fin n => Z i ω. Stationary ergodicity is IsStationaryErgodic: each Z i measurable and Mathlib's Ergodic for the left shift on the path law (which includes shift invariance). The mixing display on p. 7 implies this; the Lean hypothesis is the weaker standard notion named in the lemma.
  • Divergence. f:R→f:\mathbb R\tof:R→ EReal, using the published IsPhiDivergenceFunction (convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), finite on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), f(1)=0f(1)=0f(1)=0, f(0)=+∞f(0)=+\inftyf(0)=+∞ allowed); AssumptionA adds lower semicontinuity on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (the paper's standing condition on divergence generators), three-times differentiability on an interval (a,b)∋1(a,b)\ni1(a,b)∋1, f′(1)=0f'(1)=0f′(1)=0, f′′(1)=2f''(1)=2f′′(1)=2. The reading "finite on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞)" follows the paper's remark that only the behaviour at 000 is unrestricted.
  • Robust mean. Distributions are weight vectors on the sample (P≪P^nP\ll\widehat P_nP≪Pn​), the ball is the published probUncertaintySet, and the supremum is a real sSup of a non-empty bounded set. Mean and variance are the published empMean, empVar.
  • Constants. In (32) and Lemmas 6, 8, 9 the constant CCC is a parameter, and the two inequalities of (30) at the given ϵ\epsilonϵ and CCC are hypotheses; (30) itself asserts that such c,Cc,Cc,C exist. ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 throughout, ϵ<1\epsilon<1ϵ<1 where the sets (31) are used, and Cϵ<1C\epsilon<1Cϵ<1 wherever 1−Cϵ\sqrt{1-C\epsilon}1−Cϵ​ appears.
  • Ruling out trivialisations. The ball always contains the uniform weights, so the robust mean is never the junk value of an empty supremum; the goal's limit statement makes n=0n=0n=0 irrelevant. A formalization that assumes i.i.d. data, a finite moment of order above two, or a specific fff proves a different, weaker statement.
  • Infrastructure. Needed: Birkhoff's pointwise ergodic theorem for the shift (not in Mathlib; posed but unproved on the platform as PalmQueueing.Ergodic.discrete_pointwise, for bijective flows), Borel–Cantelli (in Mathlib), and elementary convex analysis of the Huber function. The pointwise ergodic theorem and Lemma 7 are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the ergodic theorem for one-sided shifts, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. C. Duchi, P. W. Glynn, H. Namkoong, Statistics of Robust Optimization: A Generalized Empirical Likelihood Approach, arXiv:1610.03425v3 (2018); Mathematics of Operations Research 46(3), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.03425
  • A. B. Owen, Empirical likelihood ratio confidence regions, Annals of Statistics 18(1), 1990. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176347494
  • K. A. Baggerly, Empirical likelihood as a goodness-of-fit measure, Biometrika 85(3), 1998. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/85.3.535
  • H. Lam, Recovering best statistical guarantees via the empirical divergence-based distributionally robust optimization, Operations Research, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.09349
  • S. A. Corcoran, Bartlett adjustment of empirical discrepancy statistics, Biometrika 85(4), 1998. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/85.4.967
  • H. Namkoong, J. C. Duchi, Variance-based regularization with convex objectives, NeurIPS 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.02581
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, A. De Waegenaere, B. Melenberg, G. Rennen, Robust solutions of optimization problems affected by uncertain probabilities, Management Science 59(2), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1120.1641
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality and Duality Theory for Stochastic Optimization Problems with Nonlinear Dominance Constraints 3: The Dual Functional of a Dominance Constraint Is Minus an Expected Concave ConjugateResearch Paper

Dual decomposition of dominance constraints

A stochastic dominance constraint asks a random outcome XXX of a decision to be at least as good as a benchmark outcome YYY for every risk-averse decision maker: in the second-order version, E[u(X)]≥E[u(Y)]\mathbb E[u(X)] \ge \mathbb E[u(Y)]E[u(X)]≥E[u(Y)] for every concave nondecreasing utility uuu. Dentcheva and Ruszczyński introduced optimization problems with such constraints in Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints (SIAM J. Optim. 2003), where the outcome itself is the decision variable, and extended the theory in the paper this mission formalizes, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints (Math. Program. 2004, DOI 10.1007/s10107-003-0453-z), to outcomes Xi=Gi(z)X_i = G_i(z)Xi​=Gi​(z) that depend nonlinearly on a decision zzz.

The paper's §4 builds a Lagrangian dual of these problems. The multipliers of the iii-th dominance constraint are a utility function uiu_iui​ and an almost-sure multiplier θi\theta_iθi​ for the coupling Xi=Gi(z)X_i = G_i(z)Xi​=Gi​(z). The dual functional splits into a part D0D_0D0​ that involves only the decision zzz and one part DiD_iDi​ per dominance constraint. This mission is about the second kind of part: Theorem 4 computes DiD_iDi​ in closed form as a concave conjugate, and Theorem 5 gives its subgradients. Those two facts are what make the dual problem amenable to nonsmooth optimization and decomposition methods, which is the purpose the paper states for them.

The underlying shortfall function F2(X;η)=∫−∞ηP[X≤α] dαF_2(X;\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}P[X\le\alpha]\,d\alphaF2​(X;η)=∫−∞η​P[X≤α]dα and its dual characterization are due to Ogryczak and Ruszczyński (Dual stochastic dominance and related mean–risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 2002). The pure-dominance case of the optimality theory is the 2003 paper above.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space, L1\mathcal L_1L1​ the integrable and L∞\mathcal L_\inftyL∞​ the essentially bounded random variables. Fix a bounded interval [a,b][a,b][a,b] (a≤ba\le ba≤b) and a reference outcome Y∈L1Y\in\mathcal L_1Y∈L1​.

The utility class U1([a,b])\mathcal U_1([a,b])U1​([a,b]) consists of the functions u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R that are concave and nondecreasing, vanish on [b,∞)[b,\infty)[b,∞), and are affine on (−∞,a](-\infty,a](−∞,a]: u(t)=u(a)+c(t−a)u(t)=u(a)+c(t-a)u(t)=u(a)+c(t−a) for t≤at\le at≤a, with a constant c≥0c\ge 0c≥0. For such uuu, the left derivative u−′(a)u'_-(a)u−′​(a) at aaa is that slope ccc.

The concave conjugate of v:R→Rv:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rv:R→R is

v∗(ξ)=inf⁡t∈R [ξt−v(t)]∈[−∞,+∞).v^*(\xi)=\inf_{t\in\mathbb R}\,[\xi t-v(t)]\in[-\infty,+\infty).v∗(ξ)=t∈Rinf​[ξt−v(t)]∈[−∞,+∞).

For a random variable ζ\zetaζ, v∗(ζ)v^*(\zeta)v∗(ζ) is the extended-real random variable ω↦v∗(ζ(ω))\omega\mapsto v^*(\zeta(\omega))ω↦v∗(ζ(ω)).

The dual functional of one dominance constraint, eq. (34), is

D(w,ζ)=sup⁡X∈L1E[w(X)−w(Y)−ζX]∈R‾,w∈U1([a,b]), ζ∈L∞.D(w,\zeta)=\sup_{X\in\mathcal L_1}\mathbb E\big[w(X)-w(Y)-\zeta X\big]\in\overline{\mathbb R},\qquad w\in\mathcal U_1([a,b]),\ \zeta\in\mathcal L_\infty .D(w,ζ)=X∈L1​sup​E[w(X)−w(Y)−ζX]∈R,w∈U1​([a,b]), ζ∈L∞​.

The functional of eq. (35) is f(v,ζ)=−E v∗(ζ)f(v,\zeta)=-\mathbb E\,v^*(\zeta)f(v,ζ)=−Ev∗(ζ), considered on Lip(R)×L1\mathrm{Lip}(\mathbb R)\times\mathcal L_1Lip(R)×L1​, where Lip(R)\mathrm{Lip}(\mathbb R)Lip(R) is the space of Lipschitz functions with norm ∥v∥Lip=∣v(0)∣+sup⁡t≠s∣v(t)−v(s)∣/∣t−s∣\|v\|_{\mathrm{Lip}}=|v(0)|+\sup_{t\ne s}|v(t)-v(s)|/|t-s|∥v∥Lip​=∣v(0)∣+supt=s​∣v(t)−v(s)∣/∣t−s∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For every v∈U1([a,b])v\in\mathcal U_1([a,b])v∈U1​([a,b]) and every ζ∈L∞\zeta\in\mathcal L_\inftyζ∈L∞​,

D(v,ζ)=−E[v∗(ζ)+v(Y)].D(v,\zeta)=-\mathbb E\big[v^*(\zeta)+v(Y)\big].D(v,ζ)=−E[v∗(ζ)+v(Y)].

The formal statement has two cases. If 0≤ζ≤v−′(a)0\le\zeta\le v'_-(a)0≤ζ≤v−′​(a) almost surely, then v∗(ζ)v^*(\zeta)v∗(ζ) is a.s. finite and integrable and the identity holds between real numbers. Otherwise D(v,ζ)=+∞D(v,\zeta)=+\inftyD(v,ζ)=+∞.

Milestones

  1. Unbounded cases (proof of Theorem 4, p. 13): P[ζ<0]>0⇒D(v,ζ)=+∞P[\zeta<0]>0 \Rightarrow D(v,\zeta)=+\inftyP[ζ<0]>0⇒D(v,ζ)=+∞; and P[ζ>v−′(a)]>0⇒D(v,ζ)=+∞P[\zeta>v'_-(a)]>0 \Rightarrow D(v,\zeta)=+\inftyP[ζ>v−′​(a)]>0⇒D(v,ζ)=+∞.
  2. Pointwise maximizer (p. 13): for 0≤ξ≤v−′(a)0\le\xi\le v'_-(a)0≤ξ≤v−′​(a), the function t↦v(t)−ξtt\mapsto v(t)-\xi tt↦v(t)−ξt attains its maximum at some t0∈[a,b]t_0\in[a,b]t0​∈[a,b], so v∗(ξ)=ξt0−v(t0)v^*(\xi)=\xi t_0-v(t_0)v∗(ξ)=ξt0​−v(t0​) is finite.
  3. Measurable selection (p. 13): if 0≤ζ≤v−′(a)0\le\zeta\le v'_-(a)0≤ζ≤v−′​(a) a.s., there is a measurable X∈[a,b]X\in[a,b]X∈[a,b] a.s. with X(ω)∈argmax⁡t[v(t)−ζ(ω)t]X(\omega)\in\operatorname{argmax}_t[v(t)-\zeta(\omega)t]X(ω)∈argmaxt​[v(t)−ζ(ω)t] a.s.
  4. Effective domain (p. 13): D(v,ζ)<+∞  ⟺  0≤ζ≤v−′(a)D(v,\zeta)<+\infty \iff 0\le\zeta\le v'_-(a)D(v,ζ)<+∞⟺0≤ζ≤v−′​(a) a.s.
  5. Theorem 5 (p. 14): for vˉ∈U1([a,b])\bar v\in\mathcal U_1([a,b])vˉ∈U1​([a,b]), ζˉ∈L1\bar\zeta\in\mathcal L_1ζˉ​∈L1​ with 0≤ζˉ≤vˉ−′(a)0\le\bar\zeta\le\bar v'_-(a)0≤ζˉ​≤vˉ−′​(a) a.s., and a measurable maximizer selection XXX with values in [a,b][a,b][a,b], the pair (PX,−X)(P_X,-X)(PX​,−X) is a subgradient of fff at (vˉ,ζˉ)(\bar v,\bar\zeta)(vˉ,ζˉ​):
f(v,ζ)≥f(vˉ,ζˉ)+∫(v−vˉ) dPX−E[X(ζ−ζˉ)]for all (v,ζ)∈Lip(R)×L1.f(v,\zeta)\ge f(\bar v,\bar\zeta)+\int\big(v-\bar v\big)\,dP_X-\mathbb E\big[X(\zeta-\bar\zeta)\big]\quad\text{for all }(v,\zeta)\in\mathrm{Lip}(\mathbb R)\times\mathcal L_1.f(v,ζ)≥f(vˉ,ζˉ​)+∫(v−vˉ)dPX​−E[X(ζ−ζˉ​)]for all (v,ζ)∈Lip(R)×L1​.

Significance

Theorem 4 reduces an optimization over the infinite-dimensional space L1\mathcal L_1L1​ to one scalar maximization per scenario: the dual functional is an expected conjugate. It identifies the effective domain of the dual in the multiplier ζ\zetaζ (bounded between 000 and the slope of the utility at the left end of the interval), and it makes evaluating DDD as cheap as evaluating v∗v^*v∗. Theorem 5 supplies explicit subgradients, the law of a maximizer and the maximizer itself, which is what bundle and cutting-plane methods for the dual problem (31) consume. The paper's §5–§6 build their finite-scenario theory and numerical method on this decomposition.

Both theorems are proved in the paper. Neither has a machine-checked proof; no concave conjugate on R\mathbb RR with values in [−∞,+∞)[-\infty,+\infty)[−∞,+∞), no dual functional of this kind, and no measurable-selection theorem for argmax correspondences of this shape exist on the platform. A complete formalization would provide reusable infrastructure: an extended-real concave conjugate, interchange of supremum and expectation for a scalar integrand with a bounded maximizer, and a concrete measurable-selection argument.

Difficulty

The hard step is the interchange sup⁡X∈L1E[ ⋅ ]=Esup⁡t[ ⋅ ]\sup_{X\in\mathcal L_1}\mathbb E[\,\cdot\,]=\mathbb E\sup_t[\,\cdot\,]supX∈L1​​E[⋅]=Esupt​[⋅]. The inequality "≤\le≤" is pointwise, but "≥\ge≥" needs a random variable that attains the pointwise maximum, is measurable, and is integrable. The paper cites Rockafellar–Wets for both the interchange and the selection. The maximizers are not unique: where ζ(ω)=0\zeta(\omega)=0ζ(ω)=0 or ζ(ω)=v−′(a)\zeta(\omega)=v'_-(a)ζ(ω)=v−′​(a) the argmax is an unbounded half-line, so an arbitrary measurable selection need not be integrable, and the bounded one must be constructed. The unbounded cases need care because ζ\zetaζ is only essentially bounded and the test outcomes M1{ζ<0}M\mathbb 1_{\{\zeta<0\}}M1{ζ<0}​ must be shown integrable.

Formalization scope

This chunk's objects are in NonlinSSD.DualFunctional; it imports the already moderated utility class NonlinSSD.Optimality.U1. Random variables are functions Ω→R\Omega\to\mathbb RΩ→R on a probability space with IsProbabilityMeasure P; L1\mathcal L_1L1​ is Integrable, L∞\mathcal L_\inftyL∞​ is MemLp ζ ⊤ P. The conventions and explicit readings:

  • c≥0c\ge 0c≥0 in U1([a,b])\mathcal U_1([a,b])U1​([a,b]). The paper prints c>0c>0c>0. The page calls U1([a,b])\mathcal U_1([a,b])U1​([a,b]) a convex cone, which must contain 000, and the companion optimality theorem fails with c>0c>0c>0; the formalization uses c≥0c\ge0c≥0.
  • Left derivative v−′(a)v'_-(a)v−′​(a) is derivWithin v (Set.Iic a) a, never deriv v a, which is 000 at a kink.
  • Extended values. v∗v^*v∗, DDD and fff are EReal-valued, so an infimum equal to −∞-\infty−∞ and a supremum equal to +∞+\infty+∞ are represented, not replaced by 000. The supremum in DDD is over integrable XXX only.
  • Theorem 4 in two cases. The paper's right side is an expectation of an extended-real random variable, read as +∞+\infty+∞ off the domain. The statement separates the finite case (Bochner integral of the real part, with a.s. finiteness and integrability asserted) from the infinite case, which avoids extended-real subtraction.
  • fff equals the Bochner integral of −v∗(ζ)-v^*(\zeta)−v∗(ζ) when v∗(ζ)v^*(\zeta)v∗(ζ) is a.s. finite with integrable real part, and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise. This is exact because −v∗(ζ)≥v(0)-v^*(\zeta)\ge v(0)−v∗(ζ)≥v(0).
  • Theorem 5 adds the hypothesis that the selection lies in [a,b][a,b][a,b] a.s. As printed ("for every measurable selection") it is false: with a=−1a=-1a=−1, b=0b=0b=0, vˉ(t)=min⁡(t,0)\bar v(t)=\min(t,0)vˉ(t)=min(t,0), ζˉ=0\bar\zeta=0ζˉ​=0 on [0,1][0,1][0,1] with Lebesgue measure, the selection X(ω)=1/ωX(\omega)=1/\omegaX(ω)=1/ω is not integrable. The continuity of (PX,−X)(P_X,-X)(PX​,−X) as a functional is stated as X∈L∞X\in\mathcal L_\inftyX∈L∞​ and the bound ∫∣v∣ dPX≤(∣v(0)∣+K)(1+E∣X∣)\int|v|\,dP_X\le(|v(0)|+K)(1+\mathbb E|X|)∫∣v∣dPX​≤(∣v(0)∣+K)(1+E∣X∣) for KKK-Lipschitz vvv.
  • The paper's index iii and the standing data of §4 (Y∈L1Y\in\mathcal L_1Y∈L1​, a≤ba\le ba≤b) are explicit binders.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: a real-valued conjugate or dual functional (junk 000 at ∓∞\mp\infty∓∞), a supremum over all measurable XXX (junk integrals), or a one-sided case split would each make the goal easier than the paper's theorem, and a sorry-free check confirms that both cases of Theorem 4 are inhabited (v=min⁡(t,0)v=\min(t,0)v=min(t,0), ζ=1/2\zeta=1/2ζ=1/2 and ζ=2\zeta=2ζ=2).

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones in order, general lemmas on extended-real conjugates on R\mathbb RR, and a measurable argmax selection for continuous integrands over a compact interval, which is reusable well beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints, Math. Program. 99 (2004). Author manuscript, rev. April 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-003-0453-z
  • D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, SIAM J. Optim. 14 (2003). https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623402420528
  • W. Ogryczak, A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean–risk models, SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002). https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623400375075
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998 (Theorems 14.37, 14.60). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

From Predictive to Prescriptive Analytics 1: The k-Nearest-Neighbor Predictive Prescription Is Asymptotically Optimal and ConsistentResearch Paper

Motivation

Operations research has long studied the stochastic problem min⁡z∈ZE[c(z;Y)]\min_{z\in\mathcal Z}\mathbb E[c(z;Y)]minz∈Z​E[c(z;Y)]: choose a decision zzz before an uncertain quantity YYY (demand, prices, returns) is revealed. In practice the decision maker also observes covariates XXX before deciding (web-search volume before stocking a product, weather before routing a shipment) and should solve the conditional problem instead. Bertsimas and Kallus (arXiv:1402.5481v4; Management Science 66(3), 2020) proposed predictive prescriptions: reweight historical observations (xi,yi)(x^i,y^i)(xi,yi) by how relevant they are to the current xxx, using weights borrowed from a nonparametric regression method, and minimize the reweighted sample cost. Their asymptotic theorems guarantee that this procedure converges to the decision that full knowledge of the conditional distribution would give.

The unconditional special case, sample average approximation (SAA) with i.i.d. draws of YYY and no covariate, has a classical consistency theory (Dupačová–Wets 1988; Shapiro 2003). This mission conditions that theory on XXX, with kkk-nearest-neighbour weights.

Setting

Decisions zzz lie in a set Z⊆Rdz\mathcal Z\subseteq\mathbb R^{d_z}Z⊆Rdz​, covariates XXX in X⊆Rdx\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^{d_x}X⊆Rdx​, uncertainty YYY in Y⊆Rdy\mathcal Y\subseteq\mathbb R^{d_y}Y⊆Rdy​; all three spaces carry the Euclidean norm. A cost c(z;y)∈Rc(z;y)\in\mathbb Rc(z;y)∈R is given. Let μ\muμ be the joint law of (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y), μX\mu_XμX​ the law of XXX and μY∣x\mu_{Y|x}μY∣x​ the conditional law of YYY given X=xX=xX=x. The conditional cost and the full-information problem (2) are

C(z∣x)=E[c(z;Y)∣X=x],v∗(x)=min⁡z∈ZC(z∣x),Z∗(x)=arg⁡min⁡z∈ZC(z∣x).C(z\mid x)=\mathbb E\big[c(z;Y)\mid X=x\big],\qquad v^*(x)=\min_{z\in\mathcal Z}C(z\mid x),\qquad \mathcal Z^*(x)=\arg\min_{z\in\mathcal Z}C(z\mid x).C(z∣x)=E[c(z;Y)∣X=x],v∗(x)=z∈Zmin​C(z∣x),Z∗(x)=argz∈Zmin​C(z∣x).

The data are SN={(x1,y1),…,(xN,yN)}S_N=\{(x^1,y^1),\dots,(x^N,y^N)\}SN​={(x1,y1),…,(xN,yN)}, the first NNN terms of an i.i.d. sequence with law μ\muμ. The kNN weights (12) are wN,i(x)=1kI[xiw_{N,i}(x)=\frac1k\mathbb I[x^iwN,i​(x)=k1​I[xi is one of the kkk nearest neighbours of xxx among x1,…,xN]x^1,\dots,x^N]x1,…,xN], with ties among equidistant points broken by lower index first. The predictive prescription (3) is any

z^N(x)∈arg⁡min⁡z∈Z C^N(z∣x),C^N(z∣x)=∑i=1NwN,i(x) c(z;yi).\hat z_N(x)\in\arg\min_{z\in\mathcal Z}\ \widehat C_N(z\mid x),\qquad \widehat C_N(z\mid x)=\sum_{i=1}^N w_{N,i}(x)\,c(z;y^i).z^N​(x)∈argz∈Zmin​ CN​(z∣x),CN​(z∣x)=i=1∑N​wN,i​(x)c(z;yi).

The paper's standing assumptions: Assumption 3 (E∣c(z;Y)∣<∞\mathbb E|c(z;Y)|<\inftyE∣c(z;Y)∣<∞ for every z∈Zz\in\mathcal Zz∈Z, and Z∗(x)≠∅\mathcal Z^*(x)\ne\emptysetZ∗(x)=∅ for a.e. xxx); Assumption 4 (c(z;y)c(z;y)c(z;y) is equicontinuous in zzz, uniformly over y∈Yy\in\mathcal Yy∈Y); Assumption 5 (Z\mathcal ZZ closed and nonempty, and either bounded, or ccc is bounded below for large ∥z∥\|z\|∥z∥ and for each xxx there is a set DxD_xDx​ of positive conditional probability on which c(z;y)→∞c(z;y)\to\inftyc(z;y)→∞ uniformly as ∥z∥→∞\|z\|\to\infty∥z∥→∞).

Definition 1. z^N\hat z_Nz^N​ is asymptotically optimal if, with probability 1, for μX\mu_XμX​-a.e. xxx, C(z^N(x)∣x)→v∗(x)C(\hat z_N(x)\mid x)\to v^*(x)C(z^N​(x)∣x)→v∗(x); it is consistent if, with probability 1, for μX\mu_XμX​-a.e. xxx, inf⁡z∈Z∗(x)∥z^N(x)−z∥→0\inf_{z\in\mathcal Z^*(x)}\|\hat z_N(x)-z\|\to0infz∈Z∗(x)​∥z^N​(x)−z∥→0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (kNN), p. 19 (= Theorem 15, p. 43)

Under Assumptions 3, 4, 5 and i.i.d. sampling, with k=min⁡{⌈CNδ⌉,N−1}k=\min\{\lceil CN^\delta\rceil,N-1\}k=min{⌈CNδ⌉,N−1}, C>0C>0C>0, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1: with probability 1, for μX\mu_XμX​-a.e. xxx, Z∗(x)\mathcal Z^*(x)Z∗(x) is nonempty, the argmin is eventually nonempty, and every selection z^N(x)\hat z_N(x)z^N​(x) from it satisfies

lim⁡N→∞C(z^N(x)∣x)=v∗(x)andlim⁡N→∞inf⁡z∈Z∗(x)∥z^N(x)−z∥=0.\lim_{N\to\infty}C(\hat z_N(x)\mid x)=v^*(x)\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lim_{N\to\infty}\inf_{z\in\mathcal Z^*(x)}\|\hat z_N(x)-z\|=0 .N→∞lim​C(z^N​(x)∣x)=v∗(x)andN→∞lim​z∈Z∗(x)inf​∥z^N​(x)−z∥=0.

The goal covers both cases of Assumption 5, including unbounded Z\mathcal ZZ such as the newsvendor's [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Walk step (proof of Theorem 15, p. 47). For any measurable hhh with E∣h(Y)∣<∞\mathbb E|h(Y)|<\inftyE∣h(Y)∣<∞, ∑iwN,i(x)h(yi)→E[h(Y)∣X=x]\sum_i w_{N,i}(x)h(y^i)\to\mathbb E[h(Y)\mid X=x]∑i​wN,i​(x)h(yi)→E[h(Y)∣X=x] a.s., for μX\mu_XμX​-a.e. xxx.
  2. Lemma 7 (p. 47). Fixed-zzz and fixed-DDD almost-sure convergence upgrade to convergence for all z∈Zz\in\mathcal Zz∈Z simultaneously and weak convergence μ^Y∣x,N→μY∣x\hat\mu_{Y|x,N}\to\mu_{Y|x}μ^​Y∣x,N​→μY∣x​, off one null set.
  3. Lemma 5 (p. 45). Along one sample path, pointwise convergence C^N(⋅∣x)→C(⋅∣x)\widehat C_N(\cdot\mid x)\to C(\cdot\mid x)CN​(⋅∣x)→C(⋅∣x) is uniform on compact subsets of Z\mathcal ZZ.
  4. Lemma 6, case 1 (pp. 45–47). For bounded Z\mathcal ZZ, the minima and minimizers of C^N(⋅∣x)\widehat C_N(\cdot\mid x)CN​(⋅∣x) converge to v∗(x)v^*(x)v∗(x) and to Z∗(x)\mathcal Z^*(x)Z∗(x).

Significance

Theorem 5 says that a decision computed from data alone, with no model of the conditional distribution, performs asymptotically as well as the decision a decision maker with full knowledge of μY∣x\mu_{Y|x}μY∣x​ would take, for almost every covariate value and under mild conditions on the cost. It justifies the kNN prescription in the paper's newsvendor and shipment-planning experiments, and its proof skeleton (a pointwise strong law for the weights, then Lemmas 5–7) is reused for kernel, local-linear and recursive-kernel weights (Theorems 6–9), which could follow as missions of the same shape.

The result is proved in the paper; it has not been machine-checked anywhere. Formalizing it requires a strong law for nearest-neighbour regression with integrable responses (Walk 2010, building on Devroye, Györfi, Krzyżak and Lugosi 1994), which Mathlib does not have, and a careful treatment of conditional laws at a point. One of the paper's lemmas (Lemma 6) is false as printed for unbounded Z\mathcal ZZ; the formalization isolates the correct statement.

Difficulty

The deterministic optimization part (Lemmas 5 and 6 for bounded Z\mathcal ZZ) is a compactness argument. The central difficulty is the probabilistic input. A natural first idea, applying the strong law of large numbers to C^N(z∣x)\widehat C_N(z\mid x)CN​(z∣x), fails: the kNN weights depend on all of x1,…,xNx^1,\dots,x^Nx1,…,xN and on xxx, the effective sample size kNk_NkN​ grows sublinearly, and convergence is required for almost every xxx simultaneously, including xxx that are atoms of μX\mu_XμX​ where ties are the rule. A second difficulty is the exchange of quantifiers: the strong law gives a null set depending on zzz and on the set DDD, and the conclusion needs one null set for all z∈Zz\in\mathcal Zz∈Z. Finally, for unbounded Z\mathcal ZZ the minimizers of C^N(⋅∣x)\widehat C_N(\cdot\mid x)CN​(⋅∣x) must be kept bounded, and weak convergence of μ^Y∣x,N\hat\mu_{Y|x,N}μ^​Y∣x,N​ alone does not do so.

Formalization scope

All spaces are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so kNN distances and ∥z−z′∥\|z-z'\|∥z−z′∥ are Euclidean. The data are a measurable, mutually independent sequence S i : Ω → ℝ^{d_x} × ℝ^{d_y} with each term of law μ\muμ; samples are indexed from 000. The following readings are explicit in the Lean:

  • μY∣x\mu_{Y|x}μY∣x​ is the fixed version μ.condKernel x of the conditional law, and C(z∣x)C(z\mid x)C(z∣x) is its Bochner integral; Assumption 5's "for every x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X" refers to this version, and DxD_xDx​ is measurable.
  • Quantifier order is "with probability 1, for μX\mu_XμX​-a.e. xxx" (Definition 1), and the selection z^N\hat z_Nz^N​ is quantified inside both a.e. quantifiers: Z∗(x)\mathcal Z^*(x)Z∗(x) is nonempty, the argmin is nonempty for all large NNN, and every sequence lying in it for all large NNN is covered.
  • v∗(x)v^*(x)v∗(x) is never a real infimum; it is read as C(z⋆∣x)C(z^\star\mid x)C(z⋆∣x) for z⋆∈Z∗(x)z^\star\in\mathcal Z^*(x)z⋆∈Z∗(x), nonempty a.e. by Assumption 3.
  • Ties are broken lower-index-first, so the weights sum to 111 for N≥2N\ge2N≥2; at N≤1N\le1N≤1 the formula gives k=0k=0k=0 and all weights 000.
  • Lemmas 5–7 assume weights that are eventually nonnegative and sum to 111, the reading of the paper's Eμ^Y∣x,N\mathbb E_{\hat\mu_{Y|x,N}}Eμ^​Y∣x,N​​ notation; weak convergence is tested against bounded continuous functions.
  • Lemma 6 is posed for bounded Z\mathcal ZZ only, without its unused weak-convergence hypothesis; the goal is posed for both cases.

A formalization that replaces the conditional law by an arbitrary kernel unrelated to μ\muμ, takes z^N\hat z_Nz^N​ to be a fixed measurable selection chosen outside the almost-sure quantifier, or reads inf⁡z∈Z∗(x)\inf_{z\in\mathcal Z^*(x)}infz∈Z∗(x)​ on an empty set as 000 without Assumption 3 would trivialize or weaken the result and is ruled out by the statements above.

Needed infrastructure: nearest-neighbour ranks and their combinatorics (Stone's lemma: a point is among the kkk nearest neighbours of at most a bounded number of others), a strong law for kNN regression, portmanteau-type characterizations of weak convergence for weighted empirical measures, and stability of minimizers under locally uniform convergence. The kNN strong law and the stability lemmas are reusable well beyond this mission. Related platform items, credited but not reused (they concern unconditional SAA): SolutionQuality.SRP.prop1_i, SolutionQuality.SRP.prop1_ii, SolutionQuality.SRP.fbar_tendstoUniformlyOn (Bayraksan–Morton 2006) and DupacovaWets.Consistency.consistency_of_measurable_estimates (Dupačová–Wets 1988). Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, N. Kallus, From Predictive to Prescriptive Analytics, arXiv:1402.5481v4, 2018; Management Science 66(3), 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1402.5481v4 , https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2018.3253
  • H. Walk, Strong laws of large numbers and nonparametric estimation, in Recent Developments in Applied Probability and Statistics, Physica-Verlag, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-7908-2598-5_8
  • L. Devroye, L. Györfi, A. Krzyżak, G. Lugosi, On the strong universal consistency of nearest neighbor regression function estimates, Annals of Statistics 22(3), 1994. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176325633
  • J. Dupačová, R. Wets, Asymptotic behavior of statistical estimators and of optimal solutions of stochastic optimization problems, Annals of Statistics 16(4), 1988. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176351052
  • A. Shapiro, Monte Carlo sampling methods, in Handbooks in OR & MS 10, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0927-0507(03)10006-0
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Projected Newton Methods for Optimization Problems with Simple Constraints: The Projected Newton Method Converges Superlinearly to the Minimum of a Convex Function over the Nonnegative OrthantResearch Paper

Motivation

Smooth optimization with nonnegative variables appears when the variables are Lagrange multipliers for inequality constraints or when an objective incorporates an augmented Lagrangian or an exact penalty. Bertsekas studies how to retain a Newton-like convergence rate in this setting while using an iteration that projects a scaled gradient step onto the nonnegative orthant. His 1982 paper also discusses large optimal-control examples, where repeatedly solving a quadratic subproblem may be costly. These are the applications motivating the method, rather than assumptions of the theorem. Bertsekas, 1982.

The paper contrasts a partly diagonal scaling matrix with two other approaches: a fully diagonal projected gradient step, which generally has a linear rate, and a constrained Newton step defined by a quadratic program. The main theoretical question is whether the simpler projected iteration can still identify binding coordinates and converge superlinearly near the solution. The mission covers the nonnegative-orthant method in §2 and its stated convergence results. The paper's later extension to general linear constraints and its computational examples concern different objects. Bertsekas, 1982.

Setting

Fix a dimension n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and a continuously differentiable function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R. Problem (1) minimizes f(x)f(x)f(x) over the nonnegative orthant R+n={x:xi≥0 for every i}\mathbb R_+^n=\{x:x^i\ge0\text{ for every }i\}R+n​={x:xi≥0 for every i}. The positive part [z]+[z]^+[z]+ replaces each negative coordinate of zzz by zero. A feasible xxx is critical when every partial derivative ∂if(x)\partial_i f(x)∂i​f(x) is nonnegative and ∂if(x)=0\partial_i f(x)=0∂i​f(x)=0 wherever xi>0x^i>0xi>0. This is the paper's componentwise first-order condition.

For a feasible iterate xkx_kxk​, the binding set is B(xk)={i:xki=0}B(x_k)=\{i:x_k^i=0\}B(xk​)={i:xki​=0}. The paper selects a larger working set Ik+I_k^+Ik+​ using a fixed ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and the projected-gradient residual wk=∥xk−[xk−M∇f(xk)]+∥w_k=\|x_k-[x_k-M\nabla f(x_k)]^+\|wk​=∥xk​−[xk​−M∇f(xk​)]+∥, where MMM is fixed, diagonal and positive definite. More precisely, Ik+I_k^+Ik+​ contains the indices with 0≤xki≤min⁡(ε,wk)0\le x_k^i\le\min(\varepsilon,w_k)0≤xki​≤min(ε,wk​) and ∂if(xk)>0\partial_i f(x_k)>0∂i​f(xk​)>0. The matrix DkD_kDk​ is symmetric positive definite and has zero off-diagonal entries in the rows indexed by Ik+I_k^+Ik+​. The projected arc and update are

pk=Dk∇f(xk),xk(a)=[xk−apk]+,xk+1=xk(βmk).p_k=D_k\nabla f(x_k),\qquad x_k(a)=[x_k-a p_k]^+,\qquad x_{k+1}=x_k(\beta^{m_k}).pk​=Dk​∇f(xk​),xk​(a)=[xk​−apk​]+,xk+1​=xk​(βmk​).

Here 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, and mkm_kmk​ is the first nonnegative integer passing the paper's two-sum Armijo test (37), with 0<σ<1/20<\sigma<1/20<σ<1/2. One sum uses the scaled gradient outside Ik+I_k^+Ik+​; the other uses the actual projected displacement on Ik+I_k^+Ik+​. These details define the algorithm whose rate is at issue. Bertsekas, 1982, pp. 228–229.

Formalization targets

The first targets establish the fixed-point and descent properties of the projected arc, positivity of the Armijo right-hand side, well-defined step selection, criticality of limit points, and local attraction with finite binding-set identification. Proposition 3 identifies both the working set and the actual binding set:

Ik+=B(xk)=B(x∗)for all sufficiently late k.I_k^+=B(x_k)=B(x^*)\quad\text{for all sufficiently late }k.Ik+​=B(xk​)=B(x∗)for all sufficiently late k.

The goal is Proposition 4. Let fff be convex and C2C^2C2, let x∗x^*x∗ be the unique minimizer on R+n\mathbb R_+^nR+n​ satisfying Assumption (C), and suppose the Hessian quadratic form has uniform positive lower and finite upper bounds on the initial, unrestricted sublevel set. The scaling matrix is Dk=Hk−1D_k=H_k^{-1}Dk​=Hk−1​, where HkH_kHk​ retains Hessian entries except for off-diagonal entries touching Ik+I_k^+Ik+​. Then

xk⟶x∗,∀c>0 ∃K ∀k≥K: ∥xk+1−x∗∥≤c∥xk−x∗∥.x_k\longrightarrow x^*,\qquad \forall c>0\ \exists K\ \forall k\ge K:\ \|x_{k+1}-x^*\|\le c\|x_k-x^*\|.xk​⟶x∗,∀c>0 ∃K ∀k≥K: ∥xk+1​−x∗∥≤c∥xk​−x∗∥.

If the Hessian is Lipschitz in a neighborhood of x∗x^*x∗, the same proposition states an at-least-quadratic error bound: ∥xk+1−x∗∥≤C∥xk−x∗∥2\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|\le C\|x_k-x^*\|^2∥xk+1​−x∗∥≤C∥xk​−x∗∥2 eventually for some C>0C>0C>0. The separate final milestone records the paper's claim that the initial unit trial is eventually accepted. Bertsekas, 1982, pp. 233–236.

Significance

Proposition 4 says that this specific orthant-projected Newton iteration converges to the unique constrained optimum with a superlinear rate under its stated smoothness and curvature conditions. Proposition 3 supplies a distinct finite-identification statement: the working and binding coordinates eventually match those at the optimum. These facts specify the behavior of an algorithm that does not define its direction by solving a quadratic program at every step. The paper proves the preceding propositions and states Proposition 4 with its proof left to the reader, referring to its earlier discussion and standard unconstrained Newton results. Bertsekas, 1982, pp. 234–236.

Formalizing the claims would provide machine-checked statements and, once solved, proofs for the exact projected arc, two-part line search, matrix selection, identification result and rate conclusion. The local mission items are open proof obligations; their compilation checks the definitions and theorem types, not the mathematical claims. The geometry definitions can also support other orthant-constrained algorithms, while the enlarged working set and Armijo rule belong to this paper's method.

Difficulty

A positive definite matrix by itself does not make projection along [x−aD∇f(x)]+[x-aD\nabla f(x)]^+[x−aD∇f(x)]+ a descent move. An off-diagonal coupling can push coordinates against the boundary in a way that defeats the usual unconstrained descent calculation; the paper gives such a situation before Proposition 1. The partly diagonal condition is therefore substantive. A second obstacle is that the exact active set I+(x)I^+(x)I+(x) can jump at a boundary point: iterates approaching that point from the interior need not have the same indexed rows. The enlarged Ik+I_k^+Ik+​ and its dependence on the residual are central to the finite-identification and rate claims. Bertsekas, 1982, pp. 225–229.

Formalization scope

Lean represents Rn\mathbb R^nRn as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with the Euclidean norm and zero-based coordinates. The dimension is positive. gradient and the derivative of gradient represent first and second derivatives; the paper's MMM is diag μ with every μi>0\mu^i>0μi>0. The run predicate includes a feasible initial point and the first acceptable integer mkm_kmk​, and the matrix choices are indexed by iteration. Propositions 1–3 use the paper's explicit admissibility condition. Proposition 4 constructs DkD_kDk​ from HkH_kHk​ and does not assume its invertibility, admissibility, convergence or eventual active-set equality.

Assumption (C) includes local C2C^2C2 smoothness, curvature bounds on directions zero at the binding coordinates, and strict complementarity. A local minimum is required to be feasible as well as locally minimal on the orthant. Limit points use subsequential convergence. Superlinearity uses a uniform eventual error inequality, which also covers an iterate that reaches the solution exactly; a ratio with a zero denominator would distort this case. The paper's Proposition 4 display mistakenly binds a direction to the level set while leaving the Hessian's point free. The formalization states the intended reading: every point in the unrestricted initial level set and every direction satisfy the Hessian bounds. The displayed level set has no x≥0x\ge0x≥0 restriction, so neither does the Lean hypothesis.

A definition that accepts any Armijo exponent or a goal that assumes the eventual identification or convergence conclusion would erase the paper's claim. Contributions can build the matrix and projected-arc lemmas, the convergence and identification proofs, and the final rate proof. The local inverse-Hessian observation before Proposition 4 is discussed in the notes but has no separate milestone until its full local setting can be captured without weakening it.

Selected references

  • Dimitri P. Bertsekas, Projected Newton Methods for Optimization Problems with Simple Constraints, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 20(2), 221–246, 1982. DOI: 10.1137/0320018.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Robust Solutions in Two-Stage Stochastic and Adaptive Optimization Problems 2: On the Non-Symmetric Uniform Simplex, the Robust Optimum Is at Least n + 1 Times the Stochastic OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Many operations problems are decided in two stages: a first-stage decision is fixed before an uncertain quantity is revealed, and a second-stage (recourse) decision is chosen afterwards. Two classical ways to optimize such a problem differ in how they treat the uncertainty. Two-stage stochastic optimization minimizes the expected cost under a probability distribution over scenarios, with a recourse decision adapted to each scenario. Robust optimization fixes a single solution that must be feasible for every scenario in an uncertainty set, and minimizes the worst-case cost. The robust problem is usually far easier to solve, but it is conservative; the question is how much it can lose.

Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Oper. Res. 35(2), 2010) answer this for uncertain right-hand sides. Their main positive result (Theorem 2.1) bounds the stochasticity gap: if the uncertainty set and the probability measure are both symmetric, the robust optimum is at most twice the stochastic optimum. This mission formalizes the companion negative result, Theorem 2.6: once the uncertainty set is not symmetric, the gap is not bounded by any constant. The example is the simplest non-symmetric set in practice, the corner of the unit simplex, with the uniform distribution on it. It shows that the symmetry hypothesis in the positive result is not an artefact of the proof.

Setting

Fix matrices A∈Rm×n1A\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_1}A∈Rm×n1​, B∈Rm×n2B\in\mathbb R^{m\times n_2}B∈Rm×n2​ and costs c∈R+n1c\in\mathbb R^{n_1}_+c∈R+n1​​, d∈R+n2d\in\mathbb R^{n_2}_+d∈R+n2​​. Let Ω\OmegaΩ be a set of scenarios, b:Ω→R+mb:\Omega\to\mathbb R^m_+b:Ω→R+m​ the right-hand side realized in each scenario, and Ib(Ω)={b(ω)∣ω∈Ω}I_b(\Omega)=\{b(\omega)\mid\omega\in\Omega\}Ib​(Ω)={b(ω)∣ω∈Ω} the uncertainty set. Let μ\muμ be a probability measure on Ω\OmegaΩ.

  • The stochastic problem ΠStoch(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)ΠStoch​(b) (1.1) chooses x≥0x\ge 0x≥0 and a second-stage policy y(ω)≥0y(\omega)\ge 0y(ω)≥0 with Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω)Ax+By(\omega)\ge b(\omega)Ax+By(ω)≥b(ω) for every ω∈Ω\omega\in\Omegaω∈Ω, minimizing cTx+Eμ[dTy(ω)]c^Tx+\mathbb E_\mu[d^Ty(\omega)]cTx+Eμ​[dTy(ω)]. Its optimal value is zStoch(b)z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)zStoch​(b).
  • The robust problem ΠRob(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)ΠRob​(b) (1.2) chooses a single pair x≥0x\ge 0x≥0, y≥0y\ge 0y≥0 with Ax+By≥b(ω)Ax+By\ge b(\omega)Ax+By≥b(ω) for every ω\omegaω, minimizing cTx+dTyc^Tx+d^TycTx+dTy. Its optimal value is zRob(b)z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)zRob​(b).

In general some coordinates of xxx and yyy are required to be integers; in this mission's instance there are none. A set P⊆RnP\subseteq\mathbb R^nP⊆Rn is symmetric (Definition 1.2) if some u0∈Pu^0\in Pu0∈P satisfies u0+z∈P  ⟺  u0−z∈Pu^0+z\in P\iff u^0-z\in Pu0+z∈P⟺u0−z∈P for every z∈Rnz\in\mathbb R^nz∈Rn.

The instance of Theorem 2.6 has no first stage (n1=0n_1=0n1​=0, so A=0A=0A=0, c=0c=0c=0), n2=m=n≥3n_2=m=n\ge 3n2​=m=n≥3, B=InB=I_nB=In​, and d=en=(0,…,0,1)d=e_n=(0,\dots,0,1)d=en​=(0,…,0,1). The uncertainty set is the corner simplex (2.29)

Ib(Ω)={ b∈Rn  :  ∑j=1nbj≤1, b≥0 },I_b(\Omega)=\Big\{\,b\in\mathbb R^n \;:\; \sum_{j=1}^n b_j\le 1,\ b\ge 0\,\Big\},Ib​(Ω)={b∈Rn:j=1∑n​bj​≤1, b≥0},

and μ\muμ is the uniform probability measure on it: μ(S)=volume⁡({b(ω)∣ω∈S})/volume⁡(Ib(Ω))\mu(S)=\operatorname{volume}(\{b(\omega)\mid\omega\in S\})/\operatorname{volume}(I_b(\Omega))μ(S)=volume({b(ω)∣ω∈S})/volume(Ib​(Ω)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.6

On this instance,

zRob(b) ≥ (n+1)⋅zStoch(b).z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)\ \ge\ (n+1)\cdot z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b).zRob​(b) ≥ (n+1)⋅zStoch​(b).

The constant n+1n+1n+1 is the paper's, and it is exact: the robust optimum is 111 and the stochastic optimum is at most 1/(n+1)1/(n+1)1/(n+1).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.4. The corner simplex is not symmetric for n≥2n\ge 2n≥2.
  2. Robust side (p. 20). Every robust-feasible yyy has yj≥1y_j\ge 1yj​≥1 for all jjj, so zRob(b)≥1z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b)\ge 1zRob​(b)≥1.
  3. Eq. (2.30). The policy y^(ω)=b(ω)\hat y(\omega)=b(\omega)y^​(ω)=b(ω) is feasible for ΠStoch(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)ΠStoch​(b), so zStoch(b)≤Eμ[bn(ω)]z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)\le\mathbb E_\mu[b_n(\omega)]zStoch​(b)≤Eμ​[bn​(ω)].
  4. Eq. (2.32), denominator. vol⁡(Ib(Ω))=1/n!\operatorname{vol}(I_b(\Omega))=1/n!vol(Ib​(Ω))=1/n!.
  5. Eq. (2.32), numerator. ∫Ib(Ω)xn dx=1/(n+1)!\int_{I_b(\Omega)}x_n\,dx=1/(n+1)!∫Ib​(Ω)​xn​dx=1/(n+1)!.
  6. Eqs. (2.31)–(2.32). Eμ[bn(ω)]=1/(n+1)\mathbb E_\mu[b_n(\omega)]=1/(n+1)Eμ​[bn​(ω)]=1/(n+1).

Significance

The result. Together with Theorem 2.1, Theorem 2.6 locates the boundary of the paper's positive theory. Theorem 2.1 says a static robust solution loses at most a factor of 222 against the fully adaptive stochastic optimum under symmetry; Theorem 2.6 says that without symmetry the factor can be n+1n+1n+1, hence arbitrarily large as the dimension grows. The paper's later results (the bound for "positive" uncertainty sets, Theorem 2.7) are motivated by this example: some structural condition replacing symmetry is necessary. The same instance also separates the adaptive problem from the stochastic one (p. 21), which shows that the gap comes from comparing a worst case with an expectation, not from the lack of adaptivity.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. The formalization adds two things beyond the paper. First, it pins down the problems as optimization problems over integrable policies with values in the extended reals, so that the inequality cannot hold for a degenerate reason. Second, it requires the volume of the corner simplex and the first moment of a coordinate on it, which the paper calls "standard computation". Neither is in Mathlib at the time of writing: Mathlib has the standard simplex as a convex set but no volume formula for it.

Difficulty

The optimization part is short: one feasible stochastic policy and the vertices of the simplex give both bounds. The work is in the measure theory. The volume 1/n!1/n!1/n! and the moment 1/(n+1)!1/(n+1)!1/(n+1)! are iterated integrals with variable upper limits, and the paper calls them "standard computation"; as statements about Lebesgue measure on Rn\mathbb R^nRn they are dimension-dependent identities that Mathlib does not contain, for the simplex or for the convex hull of n+1n+1n+1 points. The other technical point is the scenario model: the uniform measure lives on Ω\OmegaΩ, while the integrals live on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, so the expectation must be moved through the push-forward of μ\muμ by bbb.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin k → ℝ with the componentwise order; products are A *ᵥ x and c ⬝ᵥ x. The paper's nnn-th coordinate is index n−1n-1n−1 of Fin n, and ene_nen​ is lastUnit n.
  • The optimal values zRobz_{\mathrm{Rob}}zRob​ and zStochz_{\mathrm{Stoch}}zStoch​ are EReal infima over the feasible set, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when the problem is infeasible. No optimal solution is assumed to exist.
  • Policies of ΠStoch(b)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b)ΠStoch​(b) are μ\muμ-integrable functions Ω→Rn\Omega\to\mathbb R^nΩ→Rn (the paper takes their expectation), and the constraints hold for every scenario, as printed, not almost surely.
  • The integer coordinates are given as a set of indices; the instance uses the empty set (p2=0p_2=0p2​=0, as in the displays on p. 20). The generic definitions keep the mixed-integer domain so that they agree with the other missions of this series.
  • The uniform measure is encoded by quantifying over every scenario model (Ω,μ,b)(\Omega,\mu,b)(Ω,μ,b) in which μ\muμ is a probability measure, bbb is measurable, the range of bbb is the corner simplex, and the push-forward of μ\muμ by bbb equals Lebesgue measure restricted to the simplex divided by its volume. The model Ω=\Omega=Ω= simplex, b=b=b= identity satisfies these hypotheses; the paper's formula for μ(S)\mu(S)μ(S) is read as a statement about this push-forward.
  • The hypothesis n≥3n\ge 3n≥3 is the paper's and is kept; the argument appears to need only n≥1n\ge 1n≥1.
  • Ruled out: a real-valued infimum for zStochz_{\mathrm{Stoch}}zStoch​, which would be a junk 000 on an infeasible problem and make the goal trivially true; an arbitrary measure, or a Dirac mass at the mean, in place of the uniform measure; and constraints only μ\muμ-almost surely.

Needed infrastructure: the volume of the corner simplex in Rn\mathbb R^nRn and the integral of a coordinate over it (reusable well beyond this mission, for example for Dirichlet distributions and order statistics), and the change of variables from Ω\OmegaΩ to Rn\mathbb R^nRn through the push-forward. Contributions of either simplex integral, in any form that implies the stated milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the power of robust solutions in two-stage stochastic and adaptive optimization problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(2), 284–305, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1090.0440 (formalized from the authors' manuscript, MIT DSpace / MIT Open Access Articles)
  • A. Ben-Tal, A. Nemirovski, Robust solutions of uncertain linear programs, Operations Research Letters 25(1), 1–13, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(99)00016-4
  • D. Bertsimas, M. Sim, The price of robustness, Operations Research 52(1), 35–53, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0065
  • J. R. Birge, F. Louveaux, Introduction to Stochastic Programming, 2nd ed., Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-0237-4
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Power of Robust Solutions in Two-Stage Stochastic and Adaptive Optimization Problems 3: With Uniform Hypercube Cost Uncertainty, the Robust Optimum Is at Least n + 1 Times the Stochastic OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Many planning problems are made in two stages: a first decision xxx is fixed before an uncertain parameter is revealed, and a second decision yyy is taken afterwards. Two models compete for such problems. Two-stage stochastic optimization assumes a probability distribution over the scenarios and minimizes the expected cost, letting the second-stage decision depend on the scenario. Robust optimization asks for one solution that is feasible in every scenario and minimizes the worst-case cost. The robust problem is usually far easier to solve: it is a single deterministic problem, while the stochastic problem optimizes over policies. The question is how much cost one gives up by solving the easy problem instead of the hard one.

Bertsimas and Goyal (Math. Oper. Res. 2010) measure this loss by the stochasticity gap, the ratio of the robust optimum to the stochastic optimum. Their Theorem 2.1 shows that when only the right-hand side of the constraints is uncertain, the uncertainty set is symmetric and the distribution is centred at the point of symmetry, the robust optimum is at most twice the stochastic one. Section 3 asks whether the same holds when the second-stage costs are uncertain as well, and answers no with an explicit instance: Theorem 3.1. This mission formalizes that instance.

Setting

There are no first-stage variables. The second-stage decision is a vector y∈R+ny\in\mathbb R^n_+y∈R+n​ with n≥1n\ge1n≥1 continuous coordinates, subject to the single covering constraint

y1+y2+⋯+yn ≥ 1,y_1+y_2+\dots+y_n\ \ge\ 1 ,y1​+y2​+⋯+yn​ ≥ 1,

the constraint By≥bBy\ge bBy≥b with B=[1,1,…,1]∈R1×nB=[1,1,\dots,1]\in\mathbb R^{1\times n}B=[1,1,…,1]∈R1×n and b=1b=1b=1. A set Ω\OmegaΩ of scenarios carries a cost map d:Ω→Rnd:\Omega\to\mathbb R^nd:Ω→Rn; in scenario ω\omegaω the second-stage cost is d(ω)Tyd(\omega)^{\mathsf T}yd(ω)Ty. The uncertainty set is I(b,d)(Ω)={(b(ω),d(ω)):ω∈Ω}I_{(b,d)}(\Omega)=\{(b(\omega),d(\omega)) : \omega\in\Omega\}I(b,d)​(Ω)={(b(ω),d(ω)):ω∈Ω}, here {1}×[0,1]n\{1\}\times[0,1]^n{1}×[0,1]n: the range of ddd is the whole cube [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n. A probability measure μ\muμ on Ω\OmegaΩ makes the coordinates d1,…,dnd_1,\dots,d_nd1​,…,dn​ independent, each uniformly distributed on [0,1][0,1][0,1].

The stochastic problem ΠStoch(b,d)\Pi_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b,d)ΠStoch​(b,d), display (1.4) of the paper, chooses a policy ω↦y(ω)≥0\omega\mapsto y(\omega)\ge0ω↦y(ω)≥0 satisfying the constraint in every scenario and minimizes Eμ[d(ω)Ty(ω)]\mathbb E_\mu[d(\omega)^{\mathsf T}y(\omega)]Eμ​[d(ω)Ty(ω)]; its optimal value is zStoch(b,d)z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b,d)zStoch​(b,d). The robust problem ΠRob(b,d)\Pi_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b,d)ΠRob​(b,d), display (1.5), chooses one y≥0y\ge0y≥0 satisfying the constraint and minimizes max⁡ω∈Ωd(ω)Ty\max_{\omega\in\Omega} d(\omega)^{\mathsf T}ymaxω∈Ω​d(ω)Ty; its optimal value is zRob(b,d)z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b,d)zRob​(b,d). A set PPP is symmetric (Definition 1.2) if there is u0∈Pu^0\in Pu0∈P with u0+z∈P  ⟺  u0−z∈Pu^0+z\in P\iff u^0-z\in Pu0+z∈P⟺u0−z∈P for every zzz.

The Lean development names these zStochBD and zRobBD (the general problems (1.4) and (1.5) with data AAA, BBB, bbb, ccc, ddd and integer coordinate sets), and IsSymmetricAbout (Definition 1.2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 22)

zRob(b,d) ≥ (n+1)⋅zStoch(b,d).z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b,d)\ \ge\ (n+1)\cdot z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b,d).zRob​(b,d) ≥ (n+1)⋅zStoch​(b,d).

The constant n+1n+1n+1 is the paper's. Both sides are pinned down separately by the milestones, so the goal cannot be satisfied by a degenerate value of either side.

Milestones

  1. Symmetry of the instance (proof of Theorem 3.1, pp. 22–23): the uncertainty set is symmetric about (1,(12,…,12))(1,(\tfrac12,\dots,\tfrac12))(1,(21​,…,21​)) and Eμ[d(ω)]=(12,…,12)\mathbb E_\mu[d(\omega)]=(\tfrac12,\dots,\tfrac12)Eμ​[d(ω)]=(21​,…,21​), so the hypotheses of the symmetric theory hold.
  2. Robust side (p. 23): zRob(b,d)≥1z_{\mathrm{Rob}}(b,d)\ge1zRob​(b,d)≥1.
  3. Eq. (3.1) (p. 23): zStoch(b,d)≤Eμ[min⁡(d1(ω),…,dn(ω))]z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}(b,d)\le\mathbb E_\mu[\min(d_1(\omega),\dots,d_n(\omega))]zStoch​(b,d)≤Eμ​[min(d1​(ω),…,dn​(ω))].
  4. Eq. (3.2) (p. 23): Eμ[min⁡(d1(ω),…,dn(ω))]=1n+1\mathbb E_\mu[\min(d_1(\omega),\dots,d_n(\omega))]=\dfrac1{n+1}Eμ​[min(d1​(ω),…,dn​(ω))]=n+11​.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 marks the boundary of the paper's positive results. The bound zRob≤2 zStochz_{\mathrm{Rob}}\le2\,z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}zRob​≤2zStoch​ of Theorem 2.1 needs only symmetry of the uncertainty set and a centred distribution. The instance here has both, has no integer variables and a single constraint, and still has a gap that grows linearly in the dimension. So symmetry alone does not make a robust solution a good approximation of the stochastic optimum when costs are uncertain. The paper's abstract states this as one of its main conclusions, and it is why Sections 4 and 5 compare the robust problem with the adaptive problem, whose worst-case objective does not suffer from it.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. What this mission adds is a formal proof of the instance against the general definitions of the two-stage problems, including the probabilistic computation (3.2), the expected minimum of independent uniform random variables, which Mathlib does not contain. That computation is reusable wherever order statistics of uniforms appear, for example in auctions, secretary problems and random-assignment bounds.

Difficulty

The robust half is short. The stochastic half has two parts. Eq. (3.1) needs a measurable policy that selects a cheapest coordinate; the policy printed in the paper puts a unit on every minimizing coordinate, which at ties overpays, so a formal proof must choose a single minimizer measurably and use integrability on the probability space. Eq. (3.2) is the main work: it is a genuine integral over the nnn-dimensional cube against a product measure, for every nnn, and Mathlib has no lemma on the distribution or the expectation of the minimum of independent random variables.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin k → ℝ with the componentwise order; BBB is the all-ones Matrix (Fin 1) (Fin n) ℝ, AAA and ccc live on Fin 0, b(ω)=1b(\omega)=1b(ω)=1, and the integer coordinate sets are empty (p1=p2=0p_1=p_2=0p1​=p2​=0).
  • Optimal values are infima in EReal, +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible; the robust worst-case cost is an EReal supremum. No optimal solution is assumed to exist: the paper's "consider an optimal solution" is a proof device, and the statements are about the infima.
  • Stochastic policies must be integrable, together with their cost ω↦d(ω)Ty(ω)\omega\mapsto d(\omega)^{\mathsf T}y(\omega)ω↦d(ω)Ty(ω), and satisfy the constraint in every scenario, as on the page, not only almost surely.
  • The scenario space is an arbitrary probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ) with a measurable ddd whose range is exactly [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n and whose law is the product of nnn uniform distributions on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. This is the paper's "each djd_jdj​ is distributed uniformly at random between 0 and 1 and independent of other coefficients" together with its description of I(b,d)(Ω)I_{(b,d)}(\Omega)I(b,d)​(Ω).
  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is assumed; the paper leaves it implicit.
  • The paper prints Z+n2\mathbb Z^{n_2}_+Z+n2​​ for the second-stage integer block in (1.4)–(1.5); Z+p2\mathbb Z^{p_2}_+Z+p2​​ is meant, and here p2=0p_2=0p2​=0. Eq. (3.2) is called an inequality on the page; it is formalized as the equality it is.

A real-valued infimum would assign the value 000 to an infeasible or ill-posed problem and make the goal trivially true; the EReal infima, and the separate milestones fixing zRob≥1z_{\mathrm{Rob}}\ge1zRob​≥1 and zStoch≤E[min⁡jdj]=1/(n+1)z_{\mathrm{Stoch}}\le\mathbb E[\min_j d_j]=1/(n+1)zStoch​≤E[minj​dj​]=1/(n+1), rule that out.

Contributions are welcome on each milestone separately. The expected-minimum computation (3.2) is self-contained and of independent use; a general lemma on the law of the minimum of independent random variables would serve it and other missions.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Goyal, On the Power of Robust Solutions in Two-Stage Stochastic and Adaptive Optimization Problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(2), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1090.0440 (cited here from the authors' manuscript, MIT DSpace).
  • J. R. Birge, F. Louveaux, Introduction to Stochastic Programming, 2nd ed., Springer, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-0237-4
  • D. Bertsimas, M. Sim, The Price of Robustness, Operations Research 52(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0065
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization 1: Diagonal AdaGrad's Regret Is Bounded by the Per-Coordinate Gradient Norms Σᵢ‖g_{1:T,i}‖₂Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic and online subgradient methods are the workhorse of large-scale learning: each step touches one example, costs time linear in the dimension, and needs no line search. Their weak point is the step size. A single global step size treats every coordinate alike, while in high-dimensional, sparse problems (text, click-through data, bag-of-words features) most coordinates are zero in most examples, and the few informative rare features receive vanishingly small updates.

AdaGrad (Duchi, Hazan and Singer, JMLR 2011; McMahan and Streeter, COLT 2010, independently) chooses a separate step size per coordinate from the gradients observed so far. Its diagonal version is the ancestor of RMSProp and Adam and is one of the most widely used optimizers in machine learning. This mission targets the paper's regret guarantee for diagonal AdaGrad, which explains when per-coordinate adaptation pays off.

Timeline. Zinkevich (2003) proved O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​) regret for online projected gradient descent. Nesterov (2009) and Xiao (2010) analysed dual averaging with a regularizer; Duchi, Shalev-Shwartz, Singer and Tewari (2010) analysed composite mirror descent. Auer and Gentile (2000) proved the scalar inequality that makes adaptive step sizes work. Duchi, Hazan and Singer (2011) combined these into adaptive proximal functions with data-dependent regret bounds.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product and ∥x∥∞=max⁡i∣xi∣\|x\|_\infty=\max_i|x_i|∥x∥∞​=maxi​∣xi​∣. A closed convex set X⊆Rd\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd with 0∈X0\in\mathcal X0∈X is fixed, together with a convex regularizer φ:Rd→R\varphi:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rφ:Rd→R (for example λ∥x∥1\lambda\|x\|_1λ∥x∥1​). In rounds t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… a learner plays xt∈Xx_t\in\mathcal Xxt​∈X, a convex loss ftf_tft​ is revealed, and the learner observes a subgradient gtg_tgt​ of ftf_tft​ at xtx_txt​: ft(y)≥ft(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩f_t(y)\ge f_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleft​(y)≥ft​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for all yyy. The regret against a comparator x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X is

Rφ(T)=∑t=1T[ft(xt)+φ(xt)−ft(x∗)−φ(x∗)].R_\varphi(T)=\sum_{t=1}^T\big[f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)-f_t(x^*)-\varphi(x^*)\big].Rφ​(T)=t=1∑T​[ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​)−ft​(x∗)−φ(x∗)].

For each coordinate iii, let g1:t,i=(g1,i,…,gt,i)g_{1:t,i}=(g_{1,i},\dots,g_{t,i})g1:t,i​=(g1,i​,…,gt,i​) and st,i=∥g1:t,i∥2s_{t,i}=\|g_{1:t,i}\|_2st,i​=∥g1:t,i​∥2​. Diagonal AdaGrad (Figure 1 of the paper) has parameters η>0\eta>0η>0, δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0, starts at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0, and in round ttt uses the proximal function ψt(x)=12⟨x,(δI+diag(st))x⟩\psi_t(x)=\frac12\langle x,(\delta I+\mathrm{diag}(s_t))x\rangleψt​(x)=21​⟨x,(δI+diag(st​))x⟩. It updates by one of two rules:

  • the primal-dual subgradient update (3): xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ minimizes η⟨1t∑τ≤tgτ,x⟩+ηφ(x)+1tψt(x)\eta\langle\frac1t\sum_{\tau\le t}g_\tau,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+\frac1t\psi_t(x)η⟨t1​∑τ≤t​gτ​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+t1​ψt​(x) over X\mathcal XX;
  • the composite mirror descent update (4): xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ minimizes η⟨gt,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt(x,xt)\eta\langle g_t,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+B_{\psi_t}(x,x_t)η⟨gt​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt​​(x,xt​) over X\mathcal XX, where Bψt(x,y)=12∑i(δ+st,i)(xi−yi)2B_{\psi_t}(x,y)=\frac12\sum_i(\delta+s_{t,i})(x_i-y_i)^2Bψt​​(x,y)=21​∑i​(δ+st,i​)(xi​−yi​)2 is the Bregman divergence of ψt\psi_tψt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

For the primal-dual update with δ≥max⁡t≤T∥gt∥∞\delta\ge\max_{t\le T}\|g_t\|_\inftyδ≥maxt≤T​∥gt​∥∞​, and every x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X,

Rφ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+1η∥x∗∥∞2∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2+η∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2.R_\varphi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1\eta\|x^*\|_\infty^2\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2+\eta\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2 .Rφ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+η1​∥x∗∥∞2​i=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​+ηi=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.

For the composite mirror descent update with δ=0\delta=0δ=0, and every x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X,

Rφ(T)≤12ηmax⁡t≤T∥x∗−xt∥∞2∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2+η∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2.R_\varphi(T)\le\frac1{2\eta}\max_{t\le T}\|x^*-x_t\|_\infty^2\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2+\eta\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2 .Rφ​(T)≤2η1​t≤Tmax​∥x∗−xt​∥∞2​i=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​+ηi=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 16: the one-step inequality of composite mirror descent.
  2. Proposition 3: the regret of composite mirror descent with time-varying proximal functions.
  3. Proposition 2: the regret of primal-dual subgradient (dual averaging) with time-varying proximal functions.
  4. Inequality (24): ∑t≤Tat2/∥a1:t∥2≤2∥a1:T∥2\sum_{t\le T}a_t^2/\|a_{1:t}\|_2\le2\|a_{1:T}\|_2∑t≤T​at2​/∥a1:t​∥2​≤2∥a1:T​∥2​ for any real sequence.
  5. Lemma 4: ∑t≤T⟨gt,diag(st)−1gt⟩≤2∑i∥g1:T,i∥2\sum_{t\le T}\langle g_t,\mathrm{diag}(s_t)^{-1}g_t\rangle\le2\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2∑t≤T​⟨gt​,diag(st​)−1gt​⟩≤2∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.
  6. Inequality (13): the mirror-descent gradient term is at most 2∑i∥g1:T,i∥22\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_22∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.
  7. The primal-dual analogue of (13) (§3, after (13)).
  8. Inequality (14): the drift of the Bregman divergences is controlled by max⁡t∥x∗−xt∥∞2∑i∥g1:T,i∥2\max_t\|x^*-x_t\|_\infty^2\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2maxt​∥x∗−xt​∥∞2​∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.

Lemma 16 and Propositions 2 and 3 are stated in the paper for general proximal functions; here they are specialised to diagonal quadratic ones, ψt(y)=12∑iht,iyi2\psi_t(y)=\frac12\sum_ih_{t,i}y_i^2ψt​(y)=21​∑i​ht,i​yi2​.

Significance

The result. The quantity ∑i∥g1:T,i∥2\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​ is never larger than d (∑t∥gt∥22)1/2\sqrt d\,\big(\sum_t\|g_t\|_2^2\big)^{1/2}d​(∑t​∥gt​∥22​)1/2 and can be far smaller when gradients are sparse or coordinate scales differ. Theorem 5 shows that diagonal AdaGrad does as well as the best fixed diagonal preconditioner chosen in hindsight, up to a constant, without knowing the gradients in advance (Corollary 1 and Corollary 6 of the paper). Through online-to-batch conversion the same bound gives convergence rates for stochastic convex optimization with sparse data. The theorem underpins the theoretical case for per-coordinate adaptive step sizes.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof of AdaGrad's regret bound exists, in Lean or elsewhere. The formalization produces checked versions of the two regret templates (composite mirror descent and dual averaging with changing proximal functions), which are reused by most later analyses of adaptive methods, and of the Auer–Gentile inequality. The formal statements also make precise two hypotheses the printed theorem leaves implicit (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious argument fixes one proximal function and applies the classical mirror-descent or dual-averaging bound. That fails because AdaGrad's ψt\psi_tψt​ changes every round and depends on the very subgradients whose norms are being bounded: the classical bounds assume a fixed ψ\psiψ, and with changing ψt\psi_tψt​ new drift terms appear that must be shown to be small. The gradient term ∑t∥gt∥ψt∗2\sum_t\|g_t\|^2_{\psi_t^*}∑t​∥gt​∥ψt∗​2​ has denominators that grow with the data, so it is not bounded term by term; it has to be bounded as a whole sum. For dual averaging there is an additional index shift: round ttt's subgradient is measured in the dual norm of ψt−1\psi_{t-1}ψt−1​, which has not yet seen gtg_tgt​.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ‖·‖ is the Euclidean norm; ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is a separate definition supNorm. Rounds are 1-based, with sums over Finset.Icc 1 T; s0=0s_0=0s0​=0. Losses and the regularizer are real-valued convex functions on all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, so extended-valued regularizers (indicator functions) are excluded, and the constraint is carried by X\mathcal XX. The subgradient relation is the published platform definition ShorNonsmooth.AlmostDiff.IsSubgradient. Each update is a predicate (xt+1∈Xx_{t+1}\in\mathcal Xxt+1​∈X and minimizes the update objective over X\mathcal XX), since the minimizer need not be unique; the theorems hold for every run. The factor 12\frac1221​ in ψt\psi_tψt​ follows Figure 1. Dual norms use Lean's division, where a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0 is the paper's 0/0=00/0=00/0=0. The losses are a fixed sequence, which also covers adaptive adversaries because the run is determined by the losses.

Two restrictions relative to the printed Theorem 5, both forced by the paper's own proof:

  1. The mirror-descent part is stated for δ=0\delta=0δ=0. The proof bounds Bψ1(x∗,x1)B_{\psi_1}(x^*,x_1)Bψ1​​(x∗,x1​) by 12∥x∗−x1∥∞2⟨1,s1⟩\frac12\|x^*-x_1\|_\infty^2\langle\mathbf 1,s_1\rangle21​∥x∗−x1​∥∞2​⟨1,s1​⟩, which drops δ2∥x∗−x1∥22\frac\delta2\|x^*-x_1\|_2^22δ​∥x∗−x1​∥22​. For large δ>0\delta>0δ>0 the printed bound is false. δ=0\delta=0δ=0 is the case the proof covers and the one the paper's corollaries use.
  2. φ\varphiφ is minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. Propositions 2 and 3 rely on this ("x1=argmin⁡x∈Xφ(x)x_1=\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\varphi(x)x1​=argminx∈X​φ(x)", "w.l.o.g. φ(x1)=0\varphi(x_1)=0φ(x1​)=0"). It holds for φ=0\varphi=0φ=0, λ∥x∥1\lambda\|x\|_1λ∥x∥1​ and λ∥x∥22\lambda\|x\|_2^2λ∥x∥22​. Without it the bounds fail.

Proposition 2 is stated with strictly positive weights. The primal-dual part of the goal with δ=0\delta=0δ=0 is a degenerate case in which every gtg_tgt​ vanishes.

A run predicate without the subgradient link gt∈∂ft(xt)g_t\in\partial f_t(x_t)gt​∈∂ft​(xt​), an argmin without xt+1∈Xx_{t+1}\in\mathcal Xxt+1​∈X, a comparator outside X\mathcal XX, or sts_tst​ computed without round ttt would each make the statement trivial or different. The definitions rule all of these out.

Needed infrastructure: elementary convex analysis on Rd\mathbb R^dRd (first-order optimality of a convex objective over a convex set), finite sums and square roots. Nothing beyond Mathlib is required. The two regret templates (Propositions 2 and 3) and inequality (24) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the full-matrix analogues, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Duchi, E. Hazan, Y. Singer, Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 12 (2011) 2121–2159. https://jmlr.org/papers/v12/duchi11a.html
  • H. B. McMahan, M. Streeter, Adaptive Bound Optimization for Online Convex Optimization, COLT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.4908
  • P. Auer, C. Gentile, Adaptive and Self-Confident On-Line Learning Algorithms, COLT 2000; J. Comput. System Sci. 64 (2002) 48–75. https://doi.org/10.1006/jcss.2001.1795
  • J. Duchi, S. Shalev-Shwartz, Y. Singer, A. Tewari, Composite Objective Mirror Descent, COLT 2010.
  • L. Xiao, Dual Averaging Methods for Regularized Stochastic Learning and Online Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2543–2596. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/xiao10a.html
  • Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems, Mathematical Programming 120 (2009) 221–259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0149-x
  • M. Zinkevich, Online Convex Programming and Generalized Infinitesimal Gradient Ascent, ICML 2003.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimality and Duality Theory for Stochastic Optimization Problems with Nonlinear Dominance Constraints 1: Under Uniform Dominance, Optimal Solutions Have Concave Utility and L∞ MultipliersResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic programs often optimize a decision that changes several random outcomes at once. A reference outcome may be acceptable even when no fixed threshold captures its risk: one wants the new outcome to be preferable under every increasing concave assessment of gains. Second order stochastic dominance expresses that comparison. Dentcheva and Ruszczyński study optimization with several such constraints, each imposed on a nonlinear outcome operator, and show how the constraint multipliers can be represented by utility functions rather than scalar penalties (Dentcheva–Ruszczyński, 2004). Their earlier paper, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, treats the pure dominance case without the nonlinear decision map; the present result adds decision dependent outcomes, multiple constraints, and split variables. Ogryczak and Ruszczyński's second performance function supplies the stochastic order used here (Ogryczak–Ruszczyński, 2002).

The utility interpretation matters when a modeler wants a certificate explaining why a solution satisfies a risk preference expressed by dominance. The theorem identifies a concave utility for each binding dominance constraint and an essentially bounded multiplier for each comparison between the split outcome and the outcome produced by the decision. The source is a revised April 2003 author manuscript, later published in Mathematical Programming in 2004; the page and equation numbers below follow that manuscript (author manuscript).

Setting

Work on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P). An integrable random outcome is a measurable real function with finite expected absolute value; L1\mathcal L^1L1 denotes these outcomes, and L∞\mathcal L^\inftyL∞ denotes essentially bounded ones. The decisions lie in a convex set ZZZ inside a separable locally convex Hausdorff real vector space Z\mathcal ZZ. An integrable objective outcome H(z)H(z)H(z) and integrable constraint outcomes Gi(z)G_i(z)Gi​(z) depend continuously in the L1\mathcal L^1L1 norm on zzz. Almost every realized map z↦H(z)(ω)z\mapsto H(z)(\omega)z↦H(z)(ω) and z↦Gi(z)(ω)z\mapsto G_i(z)(\omega)z↦Gi​(z)(ω) is concave and continuous on all of Z\mathcal ZZ. Fixed integrable outcomes YiY_iYi​ serve as references; the iiith comparison is required over a bounded interval [ai,bi][a_i,b_i][ai​,bi​].

For an outcome XXX, its second performance function is the area below its distribution function:

F2(X;η)=∫−∞ηP{X≤ξ} dξ.F_2(X;\eta)=\int_{-\infty}^{\eta}P\{X\le\xi\}\,d\xi.F2​(X;η)=∫−∞η​P{X≤ξ}dξ.

The split program (11)–(14) chooses z∈Zz\in Zz∈Z and X=(X1,…,Xm)∈(L1)mX=(X_1,\ldots,X_m)\in(\mathcal L^1)^mX=(X1​,…,Xm​)∈(L1)m to maximize EH(z)\mathbb E H(z)EH(z), subject to F2(Xi;η)≤F2(Yi;η)F_2(X_i;\eta)\le F_2(Y_i;\eta)F2​(Xi​;η)≤F2​(Yi​;η) for every η∈[ai,bi]\eta\in[a_i,b_i]η∈[ai​,bi​], and Xi≤Gi(z)X_i\le G_i(z)Xi​≤Gi​(z) almost surely. Larger outcomes are preferred, so a dominating XiX_iXi​ has the smaller F2F_2F2​ curve. The split variables expose the dominance and decision coupling as separate constraints (manuscript, pp. 3–4).

The utility cone U1([a,b])\mathcal U_1([a,b])U1​([a,b]) consists of concave nondecreasing functions u:R→Ru:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Ru:R→R that vanish for t≥bt\ge bt≥b and are affine with a nonnegative slope for t≤at\le at≤a. Given uiu_iui​ in these cones and θi∈L∞\theta_i\in\mathcal L^\inftyθi​∈L∞, the Lagrangian is

L(z,X,u,θ)=E ⁣[H(z)+∑i=1m(ui(Xi)−ui(Yi)+θi(Gi(z)−Xi))].L(z,X,u,\theta)=\mathbb E\!\left[H(z)+\sum_{i=1}^m\bigl(u_i(X_i)-u_i(Y_i)+\theta_i(G_i(z)-X_i)\bigr)\right].L(z,X,u,θ)=E[H(z)+i=1∑m​(ui​(Xi​)−ui​(Yi​)+θi​(Gi​(z)−Xi​))].

Uniform dominance means one decision z~∈Z\tilde z\in Zz~∈Z makes every dominance inequality uniformly strict on its interval: for each iii, F2(Yi;η)−F2(Gi(z~);η)F_2(Y_i;\eta)-F_2(G_i(\tilde z);\eta)F2​(Yi​;η)−F2​(Gi​(z~);η) has a positive lower bound over [ai,bi][a_i,b_i][ai​,bi​] (Definition 1, p. 7).

Formalization targets

Utility and bounded multiplier characterization

Theorem 2 is the goal. Under uniform dominance, every optimum (z^,X^)(\hat z,\hat X)(z^,X^) of the split program admits u^i∈U1([ai,bi])\hat u_i\in\mathcal U_1([a_i,b_i])u^i​∈U1​([ai​,bi​]) and nonnegative θ^i∈L∞\hat\theta_i\in\mathcal L^\inftyθ^i​∈L∞ with

L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=max⁡z∈Z, X∈(L1)mL(z,X,u^,θ^),L(\hat z,\hat X,\hat u,\hat\theta)=\max_{z\in Z,\,X\in(\mathcal L^1)^m}L(z,X,\hat u,\hat\theta),L(z^,X^,u^,θ^)=z∈Z,X∈(L1)mmax​L(z,X,u^,θ^), Eu^i(X^i)=Eu^i(Yi),θ^i(X^i−Gi(z^))=0almost surely.\mathbb E\hat u_i(\hat X_i)=\mathbb E\hat u_i(Y_i),\qquad \hat\theta_i\bigl(\hat X_i-G_i(\hat z)\bigr)=0\quad\text{almost surely}.Eu^i​(X^i​)=Eu^i​(Yi​),θ^i​(X^i​−Gi​(z^))=0almost surely.

Conversely, an attained Lagrangian maximum satisfying the split constraints and these complementarity equations is a primal optimum. The milestone list follows the source's measure multiplier equations (23)–(24), the measure to utility identity (25), Theorem 1's expected concave subgradient characterization, and the converse's weak duality inequality (manuscript, pp. 5, 8–10).

Significance

The result gives a concrete optimality certificate in a program whose constraints compare entire outcome distributions. Each utility multiplier represents the active part of one dominance constraint. Each θi\theta_iθi​ accounts for the almost sure inequality linking a split outcome to the decision. The equalities show exactly where those constraints are complementary, while the Lagrangian maximum compares the proposed solution with all integrable split outcomes. The paper derives a dual problem from the same Lagrangian in its following section (manuscript, p. 11).

The mathematical theorem is proved in the paper. This mission seeks a machine checked version of its definitions, measure identity, subgradient statement, and both directions of Theorem 2. The published second performance definition is reused as a reference; the nonlinear split program and its utility and measure Lagrangians require a development specific to this paper. The 2003 pure dominance mission contains related local drafts, but those items are not published and cannot currently be imported as platform theorems.

Difficulty

The dominance inequality contains a continuum of thresholds for each outcome. A scalar multiplier at one threshold cannot capture the whole constraint, while the dual object for continuous functions on [ai,bi][a_i,b_i][ai​,bi​] is a measure. The split inequality lives in L1\mathcal L^1L1, where the nonnegative cone has empty interior, so an ordinary interior point argument applied to all constraints at once does not match the paper's setting. The source also needs a subgradient of expected concave utility represented by an almost surely selected, essentially bounded random vector; the conclusion is stronger than merely knowing that the expected objective has a deterministic supporting functional (manuscript, pp. 5–9).

Formalization scope

The Lean development keeps the general separable locally convex Hausdorff decision space, the convex set ZZZ, and a finite index type for the mmm dominance constraints. Operators are function representatives with explicit integrability, continuity in L1\mathcal L^1L1, and samplewise concavity and continuity. Almost sure comparisons use the probability measure PPP; the null set for each realization condition precedes the quantifier over decisions. Split outcomes range only over integrable functions, and utility multipliers range over the exact cone U1([ai,bi])\mathcal U_1([a_i,b_i])U1​([ai​,bi​]). The L∞\mathcal L^\inftyL∞ condition includes almost sure strong measurability and essential boundedness. Maxima in Theorems 1 and 2 are attained maxima, expressed by membership and comparison against every competitor, never a real supremum with a default value.

The source prints a strictly positive affine slope in its definition of U1\mathcal U_1U1​, but immediately calls this class a cone and later uses the zero measure. The formalization uses c≥0c\ge0c≥0; with c>0c>0c>0, Theorem 2 is false for a slack dominance constraint. Uniform dominance is expressed as a positive lower bound rather than a real infimum. The measure milestone uses finite nonnegative measures supported on closed intervals, including endpoint atoms. These conditions exclude default zero integrals, an empty interval disguised by an infimum, and a vacuous utility class. Contributions to the measure to utility correspondence, integration identities, and expected concave subgradient infrastructure can be reused beyond this program.

Selected references

  • D. Dentcheva and A. Ruszczyński, Optimality and duality theory for stochastic optimization problems with nonlinear dominance constraints, Mathematical Programming (2004), DOI; revised author manuscript, April 2003.
  • D. Dentcheva and A. Ruszczyński, Optimization with stochastic dominance constraints, manuscript submitted for publication (2002), cited as reference [6] in the 2003 author manuscript.
  • W. Ogryczak and A. Ruszczyński, Dual stochastic dominance and related mean risk models, SIAM Journal on Optimization 13 (2002), DOI.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Maximal Flow Through a Network II: In an ab-Planar Network Some Chain from Source to Sink Meets Every Cut Exactly OnceResearch Paper

Motivation

The maximum flow problem asks how much of a commodity can be shipped from a source to a sink through a network whose arcs have limited capacities. L. R. Ford, Jr. and D. R. Fulkerson's 1956 paper Maximal Flow Through a Network proved the minimal cut theorem: the largest flow value equals the smallest total capacity of a set of arcs that separates source from sink. That theorem is formalized in the companion mission Maximal Flow Through a Network I.

The second section of the same paper treats a special class of networks, those that remain planar after an arc from source to sink is added. For these networks the paper shows that one particular source–sink chain crosses every minimal separating set exactly once. This structural fact turns the minimal cut theorem into a simple computing procedure: repeatedly push as much flow as possible along such a chain and delete the arcs it saturates. The paper notes that G. Dantzig had conjectured, before the minimal cut theorem was proved, that this procedure yields a maximal flow on planar networks. The same "uppermost path" idea underlies later algorithms for maximum flow in planar graphs with source and sink on a common face (Itai and Shiloach, 1979).

The statement is short and purely combinatorial in its conclusion, but its hypothesis is topological. This mission isolates that theorem.

Setting

A network NNN has a finite set VVV of vertices and a finite set EEE of arcs. Each arc eee joins two distinct end vertices, written tail(e)\mathrm{tail}(e)tail(e) and head(e)\mathrm{head}(e)head(e); arcs carry no direction, and two arcs may join the same pair of vertices. Two distinct vertices are distinguished, the source aaa and the sink bbb, and each arc carries a positive capacity (capacities play no role in the target below).

A chain joining uuu and www is a set CCC of distinct arcs that can be arranged as α1(v0v1),α2(v1v2),…,αk(vk−1vk)\alpha_1(v_0v_1), \alpha_2(v_1v_2), \dots, \alpha_k(v_{k-1}v_k)α1​(v0​v1​),α2​(v1​v2​),…,αk​(vk−1​vk​) with v0=uv_0 = uv0​=u, vk=wv_k = wvk​=w, and the vertices v0,…,vkv_0, \dots, v_kv0​,…,vk​ pairwise distinct; each arc may be traversed in either direction. The empty set is the null chain from uuu to uuu.

A set DDD of arcs is a disconnecting set if every chain joining aaa and bbb contains an arc of DDD. A disconnecting set none of whose proper subsets is disconnecting is a cut.

The network is ab-planar if the graph of NNN, together with one additional arc joining aaa and bbb, can be drawn in the plane without crossings: vertices go to distinct points of R2\mathbb R^2R2; each arc, including the added arc ababab, goes to an injective continuous path between the points of its end vertices; no arc passes through a vertex other than its ends; and two distinct arcs meet only at endpoints of both. In Lean the drawing is the structure ABPlaneDrawing N, and NNN is ab-planar when Nonempty (ABPlaneDrawing N). The section's standing assumption is that no arc of NNN already joins aaa and bbb.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 403)

If NNN is ab-planar, no arc of NNN joins aaa and bbb, and some chain joins aaa and bbb, then

∃ T a chain joining a and b  such that  ∣T∩D∣=1  for every cut D of N.\exists\, T \text{ a chain joining } a \text{ and } b \ \text{ such that }\ |T \cap D| = 1 \ \text{ for every cut } D \text{ of } N.∃T a chain joining a and b  such that  ∣T∩D∣=1  for every cut D of N.

This is FordFulkerson56.Planar.ab_planar_exists_chain_meeting_each_cut_once. "Precisely once" is exact cardinality one, neither "at least once" (true of every chain) nor "at most once".

Milestone: a chain meeting a cut in one prescribed arc (proof of Theorem 2, p. 403)

For every network NNN, every cut DDD and every arc α∈D\alpha \in Dα∈D, there is a chain CCC joining aaa and bbb with C∩D={α}C \cap D = \{\alpha\}C∩D={α}. No planarity is involved; the statement is what the minimality of a cut provides to the proof.

Further item: the Fig. 2 example (p. 403)

In the "gas, water, electricity" graph K3,3K_{3,3}K3,3​ with the arc ababab removed, every chain joining aaa and bbb meets some cut in three arcs. This network is not ab-planar, so the example shows that the planarity hypothesis of Theorem 2 cannot be dropped.

Significance

Theorem 2 and the minimal cut theorem together give the paper's procedure for planar networks: if TTT meets every cut once, then imposing a flow kkk on TTT lowers the value of every cut by exactly kkk, so the minimal cut value, and hence the maximal flow value, drops by kkk. Saturated arcs can then be deleted and the step repeated. Without the "exactly once" property the reduction could overshoot the cut structure, and the greedy step would not be justified. The theorem is also one of the earliest instances of the link between planarity and cut structure that later underlies planar duality arguments for minimum cuts.

The result has been known since 1956 and is not open. No machine-checked version is recorded on the platform, and Mathlib, at the pinned revision, has neither planar graphs nor the Jordan curve theorem. A formal proof would be the first formalized statement about source–sink planar networks in this library, and the counterexample item records, as a checkable fact, that the hypothesis is necessary.

Difficulty

The conclusion is combinatorial while the hypothesis is a drawing in R2\mathbb R^2R2. The paper's proof normalises the drawing (the added arc ababab on the outer boundary, the graph in a vertical strip with aaa on the left line and bbb on the right), selects the "top-most" chain from aaa to bbb, and argues that a chain meeting a cut below the top-most chain must cross another such chain. Each of these steps rests on plane topology: the existence of the outer region, the meaning of "top-most", and the fact that two chains with interleaved endpoints on a boundary must intersect, which is a form of the Jordan curve theorem.

The naive purely combinatorial route fails: the analogous statement for arbitrary networks is false (Fig. 2), so any argument has to use the drawing somewhere. Replacing the drawing by a combinatorial embedding (rotation systems, faces) is possible but then requires proving that the two notions agree, which is again Jordan-curve territory.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in the Lean statements:

  • Vertices and arcs are finite types V, E with decidable equality. Arcs are undirected, may be parallel, and have two distinct end vertices. Source and sink are distinct, capacities are positive (structure Network).
  • A chain is a Finset E that is the arc set of some arrangement as a simple path (IsChainWalk, IsChain); the null chain is allowed.
  • IsDisconnecting and IsCut quantify over all chains joining source and sink; a cut is a disconnecting set no proper subset of which is disconnecting.
  • ab-planarity is a plane drawing of the graph with the extra arc indexed by none : Option E, with injective Paths in ℝ × ℝ as arcs.

Hypotheses of the goal: hno_ab, the standing assumption of §2 (no arc joins aaa and bbb, p. 403); hconn, that some chain joins aaa and bbb. The second is not stated in the paper; its proof starts from "the chain joining a and b which is top-most", which presupposes one, and without it the statement is false (if aaa and bbb are disconnected, the empty set is a cut and no chain exists).

The drawing structure is satisfiable (a three-vertex path network has an explicit drawing), so the planarity hypothesis is not vacuous; and it covers the added arc ababab and all crossings, so K3,3K_{3,3}K3,3​ minus ababab is not ab-planar and the goal is not refuted by the paper's own example. A formalization that dropped the arc ababab from the drawing, or quantified over disconnecting sets instead of cuts, would state a false theorem and is ruled out.

A complete development needs basic plane topology for paths in R2\mathbb R^2R2 (a Jordan-curve-type separation lemma for simple closed curves, or an equivalent statement about crossing paths in a strip), together with combinatorial lemmas about chains (concatenation and shortcutting of chains at a common vertex). The topological lemmas are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs through a combinatorial embedding are welcome, provided the equivalence with ABPlaneDrawing is proved.

Selected references

  • L. R. Ford, Jr. and D. R. Fulkerson, Maximal Flow Through a Network, Canadian Journal of Mathematics 8 (1956), 399–404. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1956-045-5
  • H. Whitney, Non-separable and planar graphs, Transactions of the American Mathematical Society 34 (1932), 339–362. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1932-1501641-2
  • A. Itai and Y. Shiloach, Maximum flow in planar networks, SIAM Journal on Computing 8 (1979), 135–150. https://doi.org/10.1137/0208012
  • H. Whitney, Planar graphs, Fundamenta Mathematicae 21 (1933), 73–84. https://doi.org/10.4064/fm-21-1-73-84
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Twice Regularized MDPs and the Equivalence Between Robustness and Regularization 2: The Greedy Policy of the R2 Optimal Value Is the Unique Optimal R2 PolicyResearch Paper

Motivation

A robust Markov decision process (robust MDP) evaluates a policy against the worst transition kernel and reward in an uncertainty set around a nominal model (P0,r0)(P_0, r_0)(P0​,r0​). It is the standard model for planning when the dynamics are estimated from data (Iyengar 2005; Nilim and El Ghaoui 2005; Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem 2013). Its Bellman update contains an inner optimization over the uncertainty set at every state, which makes robust planning costly when the sets are not (s,a)(s,a)(s,a)-rectangular.

Derman, Geist and Mannor (arXiv:2110.06267, NeurIPS 2021) show that, for sss-rectangular ball uncertainty sets, this inner optimization can be replaced by an explicit penalty that depends both on the policy and on the value function. The resulting twice regularized (R²) MDPs have Bellman operators with no inner optimization over models. The first mission of this series formalizes the robust–regularized equivalence (Theorem 4.1 of the paper). This mission formalizes Section 5: the R² Bellman operators are monotone and contracting under a bound on the transition radius, and the greedy policy of the R² optimal value is optimal.

Setting

Let S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA be finite nonempty sets of states and actions, γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) a discount factor, P0(s′∣s,a)P_0(s'\mid s,a)P0​(s′∣s,a) a transition kernel and r0(s,a)r_0(s,a)r0​(s,a) a reward. A policy π∈ΔAS\pi\in\Delta_{\mathcal A}^{\mathcal S}π∈ΔAS​ assigns to each state a probability distribution πs\pi_sπs​ on A\mathcal AA. For v∈RSv\in\mathbb R^{\mathcal S}v∈RS write qs(a)=r0(s,a)+γ∑s′P0(s′∣s,a)v(s′)q_s(a)=r_0(s,a)+\gamma\sum_{s'}P_0(s'\mid s,a)v(s')qs​(a)=r0​(s,a)+γ∑s′​P0​(s′∣s,a)v(s′) and

[T(P0,r0)πv](s)=∑aπs(a) qs(a).[T^\pi_{(P_0,r_0)}v](s)=\sum_a\pi_s(a)\,q_s(a).[T(P0​,r0​)π​v](s)=a∑​πs​(a)qs​(a).

All norms ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ below are ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​-norms, ∥a∥=(∑za(z)2)1/2\|a\|=\big(\sum_z a(z)^2\big)^{1/2}∥a∥=(∑z​a(z)2)1/2; ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is the sup norm.

Fix nonnegative radii αsr,αsP\alpha^r_s,\alpha^P_sαsr​,αsP​ for each state. The R² regularizer is Ωv,R2(πs)=∥πs∥ (αsr+αsPγ∥v∥)\Omega_{v,\mathrm R^2}(\pi_s)=\|\pi_s\|\,(\alpha^r_s+\alpha^P_s\gamma\|v\|)Ωv,R2​(πs​)=∥πs​∥(αsr​+αsP​γ∥v∥), and the R² Bellman operators are

[Tπ,R2v](s)=[T(P0,r0)πv](s)−Ωv,R2(πs),[T∗,R2v](s)=max⁡π∈ΔAS[Tπ,R2v](s).[T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}v](s)=[T^\pi_{(P_0,r_0)}v](s)-\Omega_{v,\mathrm R^2}(\pi_s),\qquad [T^{*,\mathrm R^2}v](s)=\max_{\pi\in\Delta^{\mathcal S}_{\mathcal A}}[T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}v](s).[Tπ,R2v](s)=[T(P0​,r0​)π​v](s)−Ωv,R2​(πs​),[T∗,R2v](s)=π∈ΔAS​max​[Tπ,R2v](s).

A policy π\piπ is greedy for vvv when Tπ,R2v=T∗,R2vT^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}v=T^{*,\mathrm R^2}vTπ,R2v=T∗,R2v.

Assumption 5.1 (bounded radius). For each sss there is ϵs>0\epsilon_s>0ϵs​>0 with

αsP≤min⁡(1−γ−ϵsγ∣S∣ ; min⁡u∈R+A,∥u∥=1, w∈R+S,∥w∥=1 ∑a,s′u(a)P0(s′∣s,a)w(s′)),\alpha^P_s\le\min\Big(\frac{1-\gamma-\epsilon_s}{\gamma\sqrt{|\mathcal S|}}\ ;\ \min_{u\in\mathbb R^{\mathcal A}_+,\|u\|=1,\ w\in\mathbb R^{\mathcal S}_+,\|w\|=1}\ \sum_{a,s'}u(a)P_0(s'\mid s,a)w(s')\Big),αsP​≤min(γ∣S∣​1−γ−ϵs​​ ; u∈R+A​,∥u∥=1, w∈R+S​,∥w∥=1min​ a,s′∑​u(a)P0​(s′∣s,a)w(s′)),

and ϵ∗=min⁡sϵs\epsilon_*=\min_s\epsilon_sϵ∗​=mins​ϵs​. The R² value function vπ,R2v^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}vπ,R2 of a policy and the R² optimal value v∗,R2v^{*,\mathrm R^2}v∗,R2 are the fixed points of Tπ,R2T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}Tπ,R2 and T∗,R2T^{*,\mathrm R^2}T∗,R2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (p. 8)

Under Assumption 5.1, T∗,R2T^{*,\mathrm R^2}T∗,R2 and every Tπ,R2T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}Tπ,R2 have unique fixed points; a greedy policy π∗,R2\pi^{*,\mathrm R^2}π∗,R2 for v∗,R2v^{*,\mathrm R^2}v∗,R2 exists, and every such policy satisfies

vπ∗,R2,R2=v∗,R2 ≥ vπ,R2for all π∈ΔAS;v^{\pi^{*,\mathrm R^2},\mathrm R^2}=v^{*,\mathrm R^2}\ \ge\ v^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}\qquad\text{for all }\pi\in\Delta^{\mathcal S}_{\mathcal A};vπ∗,R2,R2=v∗,R2 ≥ vπ,R2for all π∈ΔAS​;

every optimal policy is greedy; and when αsr>0\alpha^r_s>0αsr​>0 for all sss the greedy policy is unique, hence the unique optimal R² policy.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.1 (p. 3): for Ω\OmegaΩ strongly convex on the simplex, Ω∗(y)=max⁡a∈Δ⟨a,y⟩−Ω(a)\Omega^*(y)=\max_{a\in\Delta}\langle a,y\rangle-\Omega(a)Ω∗(y)=maxa∈Δ​⟨a,y⟩−Ω(a) is differentiable with Lipschitz gradient equal to the unique maximizer, satisfies Ω∗(y+c1)=Ω∗(y)+c\Omega^*(y+c\mathbb 1)=\Omega^*(y)+cΩ∗(y+c1)=Ω∗(y)+c, and is non-decreasing.
  2. Proposition 5.1 (i) (p. 8): v1≤v2v_1\le v_2v1​≤v2​ implies Tπ,R2v1≤Tπ,R2v2T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}v_1\le T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}v_2Tπ,R2v1​≤Tπ,R2v2​ and T∗,R2v1≤T∗,R2v2T^{*,\mathrm R^2}v_1\le T^{*,\mathrm R^2}v_2T∗,R2v1​≤T∗,R2v2​.
  3. Proposition 5.1 (iii) (p. 8):
∥Tπ,R2v1−Tπ,R2v2∥∞≤(1−ϵ∗)∥v1−v2∥∞,∥T∗,R2v1−T∗,R2v2∥∞≤(1−ϵ∗)∥v1−v2∥∞.\|T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}v_1-T^{\pi,\mathrm R^2}v_2\|_\infty\le(1-\epsilon_*)\|v_1-v_2\|_\infty,\qquad \|T^{*,\mathrm R^2}v_1-T^{*,\mathrm R^2}v_2\|_\infty\le(1-\epsilon_*)\|v_1-v_2\|_\infty.∥Tπ,R2v1​−Tπ,R2v2​∥∞​≤(1−ϵ∗​)∥v1​−v2​∥∞​,∥T∗,R2v1​−T∗,R2v2​∥∞​≤(1−ϵ∗​)∥v1​−v2​∥∞​.

Significance

Theorem 5.1 is the R² counterpart of the fundamental theorem of discounted dynamic programming: optimal R² values are achieved by stationary policies obtained by a single greedy step. Together with the contraction of Proposition 5.1 (iii) it justifies the R² modified policy iteration algorithm of the paper, whose greedy step is a projection onto the simplex rather than a robust max–min problem. Combined with the first mission of the series, which identifies the robust value of an sss-rectangular ball-constrained MDP with the optimum of an R²-regularized program, it gives a route to robust planning at the cost of regularized planning.

The results are proved in the paper (App. C), partly by reference to Geist, Scherrer and Pietquin (2019) for the optimality operator. No machine-checked proof of any of them exists; this mission produces the first. Prop. 2.1 is a general fact of convex analysis (Danskin-type smoothness of a conjugate on the simplex) that is reusable for any regularized MDP or entropy-regularized game.

Difficulty

The R² evaluation operator is not affine: the value regularizer −αsPγ∥πs∥ ∥v∥-\alpha^P_s\gamma\|\pi_s\|\,\|v\|−αsP​γ∥πs​∥∥v∥ is concave in vvv and decreases as ∥v∥\|v\|∥v∥ grows. Monotonicity therefore does not follow from the positivity of P0P_0P0​ as in the standard case; it requires the second bound of Assumption 5.1, which compares the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ variation of ∥v∥\|v\|∥v∥ with the minimal nonnegative bilinear form of P0(⋅∣s,⋅)P_0(\cdot\mid s,\cdot)P0​(⋅∣s,⋅). Likewise the contraction modulus is not γ\gammaγ but 1−ϵ∗1-\epsilon_*1−ϵ∗​, because the regularizer is ∣S∣\sqrt{|\mathcal S|}∣S∣​-Lipschitz between the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ and sup norms. The optimality step of the classical proof uses linearity of TπT^\piTπ when comparing values of policies; here only monotonicity and contraction are available. Uniqueness of the greedy policy rests on strict concavity on the simplex, which holds only when the regularization weight is positive.

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite nonempty types; transitions are arrays P₀ : S → A → S → ℝ with the published predicate IsTransitionKernel; value functions are S → ℝ with the pointwise order. The ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​-norm is an explicit l2norm (Mathlib's norm on S → ℝ is the sup norm, used only for ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​). T∗,R2v(s)T^{*,\mathrm R^2}v(s)T∗,R2v(s) is the real supremum over the simplex ΔA\Delta_{\mathcal A}ΔA​ (attained), and the inner minimum of Assumption 5.1 is the real infimum over nonnegative ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​-unit vectors; the witnesses ϵs\epsilon_sϵs​ are explicit. Greedy policies are a predicate, never a function, and the R² value functions are not defined by choice: the goal asserts their existence and uniqueness and speaks about the fixed points.

Disclosed deviations from the page. Assumption 5.1 is a hypothesis of Theorem 5.1 (its proof assumes it). The uniqueness clause of Theorem 5.1 additionally assumes αsr>0\alpha^r_s>0αsr​>0 for all sss: with one state, two actions, zero reward and zero radii every policy is greedy and optimal. Proposition 2.1 assumes Ω\OmegaΩ continuous on the simplex, without which the maximum need not be attained, and strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn for some modulus (norm-independent in finite dimension). Proposition 5.1 (ii) is false as printed and is not drafted: with one state, one action, P0=1P_0=1P0​=1, r0=0r_0=0r0​=0, γ=1/2\gamma=1/2γ=1/2, αr=0\alpha^r=0αr=0, αP=1/2\alpha^P=1/2αP=1/2, ϵ=1/4\epsilon=1/4ϵ=1/4, one has Tv=v/2−∣v∣/4Tv=v/2-|v|/4Tv=v/2−∣v∣/4, and v1=−1v_1=-1v1​=−1, c=1c=1c=1 give T(v1+c)=0>−1/4=Tv1+γcT(v_1+c)=0>-1/4=Tv_1+\gamma cT(v1​+c)=0>−1/4=Tv1​+γc. Remark 5.1, Algorithm 1 and the ℓp\ell_pℓp​ variant of App. C.1 are out of scope. The inner minimum of Assumption 5.1 is 000 whenever some P0(s′∣s,a)=0P_0(s'\mid s,a)=0P0​(s′∣s,a)=0, forcing αsP=0\alpha^P_s=0αsP​=0; this is the assumption as printed.

A formalization in which ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the sup norm, the inner minimum ranges over all unit vectors (making the assumption unsatisfiable), or the value functions are postulated rather than shown to exist would be trivial or wrong; the drafted statements avoid all three. Contributions welcome: Prop. 2.1 as a general convex-analysis lemma, Banach fixed-point plumbing for S → ℝ with the sup norm, and the strict concavity of p↦⟨p,q⟩−c∥p∥p\mapsto\langle p,q\rangle-c\|p\|p↦⟨p,q⟩−c∥p∥ on the simplex.

Selected references

  • E. Derman, M. Geist, S. Mannor, Twice regularized MDPs and the equivalence between robustness and regularization, NeurIPS 2021. arXiv:2110.06267v1
  • M. Geist, B. Scherrer, O. Pietquin, A theory of regularized Markov decision processes, ICML 2019. arXiv:1901.11275
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. doi:10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. doi:10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov decision processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013. doi:10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • A. Mensch, M. Blondel, Differentiable dynamic programming for structured prediction and attention, ICML 2018. arXiv:1802.03676
9 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisDynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

The Łojasiewicz Inequality for Nonsmooth Subanalytic Functions with Applications to Subgradient Dynamical Systems III: Bounded Subgradient Trajectories Converge with Łojasiewicz RatesResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization algorithms are discretizations of a continuous-time descent: the gradient flow x˙=−∇f(x)\dot x=-\nabla f(x)x˙=−∇f(x) for smooth objectives, and its nonsmooth analogue, the subgradient dynamical system, for objectives with kinks or constraints. A basic question about such a flow is whether a bounded trajectory actually converges, rather than merely accumulating on a continuum of critical points, and how fast. For real-analytic fff this was settled by Łojasiewicz through his gradient inequality, which forces bounded gradient trajectories to have finite length. Without some such structure the answer is negative: there are smooth functions whose bounded gradient trajectories spiral forever around a circle of critical points.

Bolte, Daniilidis and Lewis (SIAM J. Optim. 17 (2007) 1205–1223) extended the Łojasiewicz inequality to nonsmooth subanalytic functions, possibly taking the value +∞+\infty+∞, by replacing ∥∇f∥\|\nabla f\|∥∇f∥ with the least norm of a limiting subgradient. Section 4 of the paper turns this inequality into convergence results for subgradient trajectories of convex and lower-C2C^2C2 functions. This mission formalizes that section. The same "Łojasiewicz argument" later became the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz framework behind convergence proofs for proximal, alternating and splitting algorithms (Attouch–Bolte 2009; Bolte–Sabach–Teboulle 2014).

Timeline. Łojasiewicz (1963, 1984) proved the gradient inequality for real-analytic functions and finite length of bounded analytic gradient trajectories. Kurdyka (Ann. Inst. Fourier 1998) extended it to C1C^1C1 functions definable in an o-minimal structure. Kurdyka, Mostowski and Parusiński (2000) proved Thom's gradient conjecture for analytic functions. Bolte, Daniilidis and Lewis (2007) gave the nonsmooth subanalytic version and the trajectory results formalized here.

Setting

Let f:Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rn→R∪{+∞} with domain dom⁡f={x:f(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom} f=\{x: f(x)<+\infty\}domf={x:f(x)<+∞}. The Fréchet subdifferential ∂^f(x)\hat\partial f(x)∂^f(x) is the set of x∗x^*x∗ with lim inf⁡y→x, y≠x(f(y)−f(x)−⟨x∗,y−x⟩)/∥y−x∥≥0\liminf_{y\to x,\,y\neq x}\big(f(y)-f(x)-\langle x^*,y-x\rangle\big)/\|y-x\|\ge0liminfy→x,y=x​(f(y)−f(x)−⟨x∗,y−x⟩)/∥y−x∥≥0. The limiting subdifferential ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x) is the set of limits of xk∗∈∂^f(xk)x_k^*\in\hat\partial f(x_k)xk∗​∈∂^f(xk​) with xk→xx_k\to xxk​→x and f(xk)→f(x)f(x_k)\to f(x)f(xk​)→f(x). The nonsmooth slope is mf(x)=inf⁡{∥x∗∥:x∗∈∂f(x)}m_f(x)=\inf\{\|x^*\|: x^*\in\partial f(x)\}mf​(x)=inf{∥x∗∥:x∗∈∂f(x)}, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when ∂f(x)=∅\partial f(x)=\emptyset∂f(x)=∅, and crit⁡f={x:0∈∂f(x)}\operatorname{crit} f=\{x: 0\in\partial f(x)\}critf={x:0∈∂f(x)} is the set of critical points.

The standing assumptions of Section 4 are:

  • (H1)(\mathcal H1)(H1) fff is either lower semicontinuous and convex, or lower-C2C^2C2 with dom⁡f=Rn\operatorname{dom} f=\mathbb R^ndomf=Rn. Lower-C2C^2C2 means that near each point f=max⁡s∈SF(⋅,s)f=\max_{s\in S}F(\cdot,s)f=maxs∈S​F(⋅,s) for a compact space SSS and a jointly continuous FFF with jointly continuous first and second xxx-derivatives.
  • (H2)(\mathcal H2)(H2) fff is somewhere finite and bounded from below.
  • (H3)(\mathcal H3)(H3) fff is subanalytic: its graph is locally the projection of a bounded set defined by finitely many real-analytic equalities and strict inequalities.

A trajectory of the subgradient system (G)(\mathcal G)(G) is an absolutely continuous curve x:[0,T)→Rnx:[0,T)\to\mathbb R^nx:[0,T)→Rn, T∈(0,+∞]T\in(0,+\infty]T∈(0,+∞], with x˙(t)+∂f(x(t))∋0\dot x(t)+\partial f(x(t))\ni0x˙(t)+∂f(x(t))∋0 for almost every ttt and ∂f(x(t))≠∅\partial f(x(t))\neq\emptyset∂f(x(t))=∅ for every ttt. It is maximal if it admits no extension to a longer interval. The Łojasiewicz inequality holds around aaa with exponent θ\thetaθ if ∣f−f(a)∣θ/mf|f-f(a)|^\theta/m_f∣f−f(a)∣θ/mf​ is bounded near aaa, with 00=10^0=100=1 and ∞/∞=0/0=0\infty/\infty=0/0=0∞/∞=0/0=0. A Łojasiewicz exponent at a∈dom⁡fa\in\operatorname{dom} fa∈domf is any such θ∈[0,1)\theta\in[0,1)θ∈[0,1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.7

Under (H1)(\mathcal H1)(H1)–(H3)(\mathcal H3)(H3), every bounded maximal trajectory xxx is defined on [0,+∞)[0,+\infty)[0,+∞) and converges to a critical point aaa. For every Łojasiewicz exponent θ\thetaθ at aaa there are k,k′>0k,k'>0k,k′>0 and t0≥0t_0\ge0t0​≥0 such that for t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​

∥x(t)−a∥≤{k (t+1)−1−θ2θ−1,θ∈(12,1),k e−k′t,θ=12,\|x(t)-a\|\le \begin{cases} k\,(t+1)^{-\frac{1-\theta}{2\theta-1}}, & \theta\in(\tfrac12,1),\\[2pt] k\,e^{-k't}, & \theta=\tfrac12,\end{cases}∥x(t)−a∥≤{k(t+1)−2θ−11−θ​,ke−k′t,​θ∈(21​,1),θ=21​,​

and for θ∈[0,12)\theta\in[0,\tfrac12)θ∈[0,21​), x(t)=ax(t)=ax(t)=a for all large ttt. The constants are existential, so the goal survives any later sharpening of them.

Milestones

  1. Corollary 4.1(i): for almost every ttt, ddtf(x(t))=⟨x˙(t),x∗⟩\frac{d}{dt}f(x(t))=\langle\dot x(t),x^*\rangledtd​f(x(t))=⟨x˙(t),x∗⟩ for every x∗∈∂f(x(t))x^*\in\partial f(x(t))x∗∈∂f(x(t)).
  2. Corollary 4.1(iii): every trajectory extends to a maximal one on [0,+∞)[0,+\infty)[0,+∞) with x˙∈L2\dot x\in L^2x˙∈L2.
  3. Corollary 4.2: ∥x˙(t)∥=mf(x(t))\|\dot x(t)\|=m_f(x(t))∥x˙(t)∥=mf​(x(t)) and ddtf(x(t))=−mf(x(t))2\frac{d}{dt}f(x(t))=-m_f(x(t))^2dtd​f(x(t))=−mf​(x(t))2 almost everywhere.
  4. Inequality (20): the Łojasiewicz inequality holds around every point of dom⁡∂f\operatorname{dom}\partial fdom∂f.
  5. Theorem 4.5: bounded maximal trajectories have finite length ∫0∞∥x˙∥<∞\int_0^\infty\|\dot x\|<\infty∫0∞​∥x˙∥<∞ and converge to a critical point.
  6. The tail bound ∫t∞∥x˙∥≤c1−θ(f(x(t))−f(a))1−θ\int_t^\infty\|\dot x\|\le\frac{c}{1-\theta}(f(x(t))-f(a))^{1-\theta}∫t∞​∥x˙∥≤1−θc​(f(x(t))−f(a))1−θ.
  7. Inequality (27): ∫t∞∥x˙∥≤c1/θ1−θ∥x˙(t)∥(1−θ)/θ\int_t^\infty\|\dot x\|\le\frac{c^{1/\theta}}{1-\theta}\|\dot x(t)\|^{(1-\theta)/\theta}∫t∞​∥x˙∥≤1−θc1/θ​∥x˙(t)∥(1−θ)/θ for almost every large ttt.

Significance

Theorem 4.5 says that for convex or lower-C2C^2C2 subanalytic objectives, including constrained problems through indicator functions of subanalytic sets, the subgradient flow never oscillates indefinitely: bounded trajectories converge to one critical point. Theorem 4.7 adds rates that depend only on the Łojasiewicz exponent at the limit: exponential at θ=12\theta=\tfrac12θ=21​, polynomial above it, finite time below it. These are continuous-time templates for the convergence analyses of proximal and splitting methods under the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property.

On the formalization side, the results are proved on paper but, to our knowledge, not formalized in any proof assistant. A development would provide reusable infrastructure: a Lean notion of a trajectory of a differential inclusion on [0,T)[0,T)[0,T), a chain rule for f∘xf\circ xf∘x along absolutely continuous curves, and a comparison lemma for the differential inequality σ˙≤−Lσα\dot\sigma\le-L\sigma^\alphaσ˙≤−Lσα. The analysis of Section 4 uses subanalyticity only through inequality (20), so Theorems 4.5 and 4.7 can be attacked with (20) as an imported milestone, independently of the subanalytic geometry.

Difficulty

Compactness gives cluster points of a bounded trajectory, and the decrease of fff gives convergence of f(x(t))f(x(t))f(x(t)). Neither gives convergence of x(t)x(t)x(t). The usual first idea, that ∫0∞∥x˙∥2<∞\int_0^\infty\|\dot x\|^2<\infty∫0∞​∥x˙∥2<∞ forces convergence, fails, since square-integrable speed allows infinite length. The difficulty is to control ∫∥x˙∥\int\|\dot x\|∫∥x˙∥ rather than ∫∥x˙∥2\int\|\dot x\|^2∫∥x˙∥2. That needs a lower bound on the slope in terms of the function gap near the cluster point, which is exactly what (20) supplies, plus a trapping argument showing the tail of the trajectory stays in the ball where (20) holds. In the nonsmooth setting the chain rule itself is nontrivial: f∘xf\circ xf∘x is differentiable almost everywhere with derivative ⟨x˙,x∗⟩\langle\dot x,x^*\rangle⟨x˙,x∗⟩ for every x∗∈∂f(x(t))x^*\in\partial f(x(t))x∗∈∂f(x(t)), which relies on ∂f=∂^f\partial f=\hat\partial f∂f=∂^f for convex and lower-C2C^2C2 functions. Global existence on [0,+∞)[0,+\infty)[0,+∞) (Corollary 4.1(iii)) must also be established before any asymptotic statement makes sense.

Formalization scope

Space Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Functions take values in EReal; "bounded from below" by a real number excludes −∞-\infty−∞. The limiting subdifferential is the published NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff, and convexity is the published MoreauProx.Characterization.EConvex (convex epigraph). The slope mfm_fmf​ is valued in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞]. The Łojasiewicz inequality is encoded as ∣f(y)−f(a)∣θ≤C∥v∥|f(y)-f(a)|^\theta\le C\|v\|∣f(y)−f(a)∣θ≤C∥v∥ for yyy near aaa and every v∈∂f(y)v\in\partial f(y)v∈∂f(y), which is the bounded ratio under the paper's conventions. Times are real numbers and T∈[0,+∞]T\in[0,+\infty]T∈[0,+∞]. Curves are functions R→Rn\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^nR→Rn whose values outside [0,T)[0,T)[0,T) are irrelevant. "Absolutely continuous on [0,T)[0,T)[0,T)" means absolutely continuous on every compact [0,b]⊆[0,T)[0,b]\subseteq[0,T)[0,b]⊆[0,T). Velocities appear only "for almost every ttt". Lengths are lower Lebesgue integrals ∫−∥x˙∥\int^-\|\dot x\|∫−∥x˙∥ in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], never Bochner integrals (which would vanish for a non-integrable speed).

Two trivializations are ruled out. Maximality is a hypothesis and T=+∞T=+\inftyT=+∞ is a conclusion: assuming T=+∞T=+\inftyT=+∞ would narrow the theorem, and dropping maximality would make it false. Rates are claimed for every Łojasiewicz exponent at the limit, not for one chosen exponent. Corollary 4.1(iii) is stated as "defined on R+\mathbb R_+R+​ with x^˙∈L2\dot{\hat x}\in L^2x^˙∈L2", because the printed x^∈W1,2(R+)\hat x\in W^{1,2}(\mathbb R_+)x^∈W1,2(R+​) would fail for any trajectory with nonzero limit.

Needed infrastructure: absolutely continuous curves and their a.e. derivatives (Mathlib's AbsolutelyContinuousOnInterval), chain rules for convex and lower-C2C^2C2 functions, existence and uniqueness for monotone differential inclusions (Brézis), and an ODE comparison principle. Contributions to any of these are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Bolte, A. Daniilidis, A. Lewis, The Łojasiewicz inequality for nonsmooth subanalytic functions with applications to subgradient dynamical systems, SIAM J. Optim. 17(4) (2007) 1205–1223. https://doi.org/10.1137/050644641
  • H. Brézis, Opérateurs maximaux monotones et semi-groupes de contractions dans les espaces de Hilbert, North-Holland, 1973.
  • J.-P. Aubin, A. Cellina, Differential Inclusions, Springer, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-69512-4
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • K. Kurdyka, On gradients of functions definable in o-minimal structures, Ann. Inst. Fourier 48 (1998) 769–783. https://doi.org/10.5802/aif.1638
  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, On the convergence of the proximal algorithm for nonsmooth functions involving analytic features, Math. Program. 116 (2009) 5–16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0133-5
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Behavior of Statistical Estimators and of Optimal Solutions of Stochastic Optimization Problems: Optimal Solutions Under Estimated Distributions Are Strongly ConsistentResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation procedures in statistics, and most stochastic optimization models in operations research, have the same shape: a decision or parameter x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is chosen to minimize an expected loss Ef(x)=∫f(x,ξ) P(dξ)Ef(x)=\int f(x,\xi)\,P(d\xi)Ef(x)=∫f(x,ξ)P(dξ) under a distribution PPP that is not known. In practice PPP is replaced by an estimate PνP^\nuPν built from the information available at stage ν\nuν (an empirical measure, a smoothed or parametric fit, a Bayesian posterior), and the minimizer of the estimated problem is used in place of the true one. The basic question is whether this is justified: do the estimated solutions converge to a true solution, and the estimated optimal values to the true optimal value, as information accumulates?

For maximum likelihood this is Wald's consistency theorem (Wald 1949); Huber extended it to M-estimators under non-standard conditions (Huber 1967). Both settings are unconstrained, or constrained to an open set, and assume finite-valued criteria. Constrained least squares, L1L^1L1 and Huber regression with inequality constraints, variance-component models with Heywood cases, and two-stage stochastic programs with recourse all lead instead to criteria that take the value +∞+\infty+∞ off a closed feasible set and are only lower semicontinuous in xxx.

J. Dupačová and R. Wets (IIASA WP-86-41, 1986; journal version Ann. Statist. 16 (1988)) proved consistency in this generality by combining epi-convergence of functions with the theory of measurable multifunctions and normal integrands. This mission formalizes their §3.

Setting

Ξ\XiΞ is a Polish space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-field and PPP is a probability measure on it. The integrand is f:Rn×Ξ→(−∞,∞]f:\mathbb R^n\times\Xi\to(-\infty,\infty]f:Rn×Ξ→(−∞,∞], and the true problem is to minimize

Ef(x)=∫Ξf(x,ξ) P(dξ),Ef(x)=\int_\Xi f(x,\xi)\,P(d\xi),Ef(x)=∫Ξ​f(x,ξ)P(dξ),

with the convention that Ef(x)=+∞Ef(x)=+\inftyEf(x)=+∞ whenever ξ↦f(x,ξ)\xi\mapsto f(x,\xi)ξ↦f(x,ξ) is not bounded above by a summable function. The effective domain of a function h:Rn→[−∞,∞]h:\mathbb R^n\to[-\infty,\infty]h:Rn→[−∞,∞] is dom⁡h={x:h(x)<∞}\operatorname{dom}h=\{x: h(x)<\infty\}domh={x:h(x)<∞}, and argmin⁡h={x:h(x)=inf⁡h}\operatorname{argmin}h=\{x: h(x)=\inf h\}argminh={x:h(x)=infh}.

Information arrives on a probability space (Z,F,μ)(Z,\mathcal F,\mu)(Z,F,μ) with an increasing sequence of σ\sigmaσ-fields F1⊆F2⊆⋯⊆F\mathcal F^1\subseteq\mathcal F^2\subseteq\dots\subseteq\mathcal FF1⊆F2⊆⋯⊆F. Each sample ζ∈Z\zeta\in Zζ∈Z yields probability measures Pν(⋅,ζ)P^\nu(\cdot,\zeta)Pν(⋅,ζ) on Ξ\XiΞ, and ζ↦Pν(A,ζ)\zeta\mapsto P^\nu(A,\zeta)ζ↦Pν(A,ζ) is Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable for every Borel AAA: the estimate at stage ν\nuν uses only stage-ν\nuν information. The estimated problem minimizes

Eνf(x,ζ)=∫Ξf(x,ξ) Pν(dξ,ζ).E^\nu f(x,\zeta)=\int_\Xi f(x,\xi)\,P^\nu(d\xi,\zeta).Eνf(x,ζ)=∫Ξ​f(x,ξ)Pν(dξ,ζ).

A sequence gνg^\nugν epi-converges to ggg if, at every xxx, lim inf⁡gν(xν)≥g(x)\liminf g^\nu(x^\nu)\ge g(x)liminfgν(xν)≥g(x) along every sequence xν→xx^\nu\to xxν→x, and lim sup⁡gν(xν)≤g(x)\limsup g^\nu(x^\nu)\le g(x)limsupgν(xν)≤g(x) along some sequence xν→xx^\nu\to xxν→x.

The standing hypotheses are Assumption 3.4: dom⁡f=S×Ξ\operatorname{dom}f=S\times\Xidomf=S×Ξ with SSS closed and nonempty; f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) is continuous for x∈Sx\in Sx∈S; f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) is lower semicontinuous; and fff is locally lower Lipschitz on SSS with a bounded continuous modulus β(ξ)\beta(\xi)β(ξ). Assumption 3.5 asks that, for μ\muμ-almost every ζ\zetaζ, Pν(⋅,ζ)P^\nu(\cdot,\zeta)Pν(⋅,ζ) converge in distribution to PPP, that ∣f(x,⋅)∣|f(x,\cdot)|∣f(x,⋅)∣ be uniformly tight along P=P0,P1,…P=P^0,P^1,\dotsP=P0,P1,… for each x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, and that ∫inf⁡xf(x,ξ) Pν(dξ,ζ)>−∞\int\inf_x f(x,\xi)\,P^\nu(d\xi,\zeta)>-\infty∫infx​f(x,ξ)Pν(dξ,ζ)>−∞ for all ν\nuν.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.9, "In particular" (pp. 21–22)

Let D⊆RnD\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn be compact, suppose (argmin⁡Eνf)∩D≠∅(\operatorname{argmin}E^\nu f)\cap D\neq\emptyset(argminEνf)∩D=∅ μ\muμ-a.s. for every ν\nuν, and suppose {x∗}=argmin⁡Ef∩D\{x^*\}=\operatorname{argmin}Ef\cap D{x∗}=argminEf∩D. Then there are Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable selections xνx^\nuxν of argmin⁡Eνf\operatorname{argmin}E^\nu fargminEνf with

xν(ζ)→x∗andinf⁡Eνf(⋅,ζ)→inf⁡Effor μ-almost every ζ.x^\nu(\zeta)\to x^*\quad\text{and}\quad \inf E^\nu f(\cdot,\zeta)\to\inf Ef\qquad\text{for }\mu\text{-almost every }\zeta .xν(ζ)→x∗andinfEνf(⋅,ζ)→infEffor μ-almost every ζ.

The goal does not assume that EfEfEf has a unique global minimizer, and it does not assume convexity.

Milestones

In attack order:

  • Proposition 3.3: epi-convergence gives lim sup⁡(inf⁡gν)≤inf⁡g\limsup(\inf g^\nu)\le\inf glimsup(infgν)≤infg, limits of minimizers are minimizers, and the minimum is attained in the closure of a bounded DDD.
  • Lemma 3.6: almost surely, EfEfEf and every EνfE^\nu fEνf are proper and l.s.c., with domain SSS.
  • Theorem 3.7: almost surely, EνfE^\nu fEνf epi-converges and converges pointwise to EfEfEf.
  • Theorem 3.8: almost surely, the epigraphs of EνfE^\nu fEνf are closed, and they depend Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurably on ζ\zetaζ.
  • Theorem 3.9:
    • (3.14) lim sup⁡(inf⁡Eνf)≤inf⁡Ef\limsup(\inf E^\nu f)\le\inf Eflimsup(infEνf)≤infEf a.s.;
    • (i) cluster points of estimated minimizers minimize EfEfEf;
    • (ii) ζ↦argmin⁡Eνf(⋅,ζ)\zeta\mapsto\operatorname{argmin}E^\nu f(\cdot,\zeta)ζ↦argminEνf(⋅,ζ) is closed-valued and Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable.
  • Proposition 3.1: the measurable selection theorem.

Significance

The result separates two things: the statistical input, which is only convergence in distribution of PνP^\nuPν plus a tightness condition, and the variational output, which is convergence of optimal values and solutions. It therefore applies to any estimator PνP^\nuPν that converges weakly almost surely: empirical measures, kernel estimates, parametric fits. It also covers constrained and nonsmooth problems: the feasible set enters through f=+∞f=+\inftyf=+∞ off SSS, and only lower semicontinuity in xxx is required. Asymptotic distribution results for constrained estimators, such as the second part of the same paper and the subsequent literature on sample average approximation, start from this consistency.

The theorem is proved on paper. To the best of current knowledge none of it is machine-checked. Mathlib has weak convergence of probability measures, lower semicontinuity and extended-real integrals. It does not have epi-convergence, Effros-measurable multifunctions, normal integrands or the Kuratowski–Ryll-Nardzewski selection theorem. A formal proof produces these as reusable components. It also has to supply the details that the paper's proof of Theorem 3.8 leaves as a sketch.

Difficulty

Pointwise convergence Eνf(x)→Ef(x)E^\nu f(x)\to Ef(x)Eνf(x)→Ef(x) is not enough to move minimizers to the limit, and uniform convergence fails because fff is +∞+\infty+∞ off SSS and need not be bounded. Epi-convergence is the right notion. Proving it needs a liminf inequality along moving points xν→xx^\nu\to xxν→x under moving measures PνP^\nuPν. That combines Fatou's lemma, the lower Lipschitz bound and the tightness condition, and the integrands are extended-real-valued, so care is needed.

The second difficulty is measurability. The exceptional null set lies in F\mathcal FF but not in Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν, so "Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable" has to be understood on a full-measure set in the trace σ\sigmaσ-field. The paper's argument for Theorem 3.8 appeals to continuity of P↦epi⁡EPfP\mapsto\operatorname{epi}E_PfP↦epiEP​f in the epi-topology, and it remarks itself that Theorem 3.7 gives this only along sequences satisfying Assumption 3.5. A solver will have to rebuild this step, for example through the normal-integrand structure of EνfE^\nu fEνf.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with its Euclidean norm.
  • Ξ\XiΞ is a Polish space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra. This is exactly a closed subset of a Polish space with the relative Borel field.
  • fff is EReal-valued. Every expectation is the mission's expect: +∞+\infty+∞ when ∫f+=∞\int f^+=\infty∫f+=∞, and ∫f+−∫f−\int f^+-\int f^-∫f+−∫f− otherwise, both computed as Lebesgue integrals of [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued functions. A Bochner integral, which would assign 000 to non-integrable functions, is never used for EfEfEf or EνfE^\nu fEνf.
  • The sample index is shifted: Lean's Pν k and 𝔽 k are the paper's Pk+1P^{k+1}Pk+1 and Fk+1\mathcal F^{k+1}Fk+1, and P=P0P=P^0P=P0 is a separate argument.
  • Infima, lim inf⁡\liminfliminf and lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup are taken in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞].
  • Measurability on the full-measure set Z0Z_0Z0​ uses the trace σ\sigmaσ-field.
  • The selections in the goal are total, Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν-measurable maps Z→RnZ\to\mathbb R^nZ→Rn that select almost surely. This is equivalent to the paper's maps Z0→RnZ_0\to\mathbb R^nZ0​→Rn.
  • "Random l.s.c. function" in Theorem 3.8 is encoded by the equivalent conditions (3.4i)–(3.4ii): nonempty, closed and measurable epigraphs.
  • Lower Lipschitz (3.10) is written additively.
  • The hypothesis that Ξ\XiΞ is the support of PPP is omitted. It is unused in §3, and omitting it strengthens every statement.
  • Nothing beyond the page is assumed: no convexity, no compact SSS, no bounded fff, no unique minimizer, no i.i.d. sampling, no empirical PνP^\nuPν, no completeness of μ\muμ or Fν\mathcal F^\nuFν.

The hypotheses are not vacuous. A sorry-free check verifies all of them, including those of the goal, for f(x,ξ)=∥x∥2f(x,\xi)=\|x\|^2f(x,ξ)=∥x∥2 with Dirac measures. Defining the expectation through a Bochner integral, or dropping S≠∅S\neq\emptysetS=∅ (which makes every argmin⁡\operatorname{argmin}argmin all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn), would trivialize or change the statements; the definitions above rule both out.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Proposition 3.1 (Kuratowski–Ryll-Nardzewski for Rm\mathbb R^mRm-valued multifunctions) and Proposition 3.3 (deterministic epi-convergence facts) are independent of the probabilistic setting and reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Dupačová, R. Wets, Asymptotic Behavior of Statistical Estimators and Optimal Solutions for Stochastic Optimization Problems, IIASA Working Paper WP-86-41, 1986. https://pure.iiasa.ac.at/id/eprint/2818/ — journal version: Ann. Statist. 16(4), 1517–1549, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176351052
  • A. Wald, Note on the consistency of the maximum likelihood estimate, Ann. Math. Statist. 20, 595–601, 1949. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729938
  • P. J. Huber, The behavior of maximum likelihood estimates under nonstandard conditions, Proc. Fifth Berkeley Symp. Math. Statist. Probab. 1, 221–233, 1967. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.bsmsp/1200512988
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998 (Ch. 7 epi-convergence; Ch. 14 measurable multifunctions and normal integrands). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Calculus of VariationsControl Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Variational Principle III: Every Terminal-Cost Control Problem Has ε-Optimal Measurable Controls Satisfying the Pontryagin Maximum Principle up to εResearch Paper

Motivation

The Pontryagin maximum principle is the basic first-order necessary condition of optimal control: along an optimal control, the control value at almost every time extremizes a Hamiltonian built from the dynamics and an adjoint vector. The classical statement presupposes that an optimal control exists. For many problems none does: the set of trajectories is not closed, or the cost does not attain its infimum, and the classical principle then says nothing.

Ekeland's 1974 paper On the Variational Principle (DOI 10.1016/0022-247X(74)90025-0) proves a general result about lower semicontinuous functions on complete metric spaces (its Theorem 1.1, now called Ekeland's variational principle) and closes with an application to control theory in §7 (pp. 348–351): for every terminal-cost problem satisfying mild regularity and growth conditions, there are ε-optimal controls that satisfy the maximum principle up to ε, whether or not an optimal control exists. The argument equips the measurable controls with the metric "measure of the set where two controls differ", which has since become a standard device in nonsmooth and approximate optimal control. For the classical theory, Ekeland refers to the treatise of Pallu de la Barrière (Optimal Control Theory, Saunders, 1967).

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0, a horizon T>0T > 0T>0, an initial state x0∈Rnx_0 \in \mathbb R^nx0​∈Rn, and a nonempty compact metrizable space KKK of control values, with its Borel σ-algebra. A control is a measurable map u:[0,T]→Ku : [0, T] \to Ku:[0,T]→K. The dynamics are a map f:Rn×K×[0,T]→Rnf : \mathbb R^n \times K \times [0, T] \to \mathbb R^nf:Rn×K×[0,T]→Rn, and the state obeys

dxdt(t)=f(x(t),u(t),t)  a.e.,x(0)=x0.(7.1)\frac{dx}{dt}(t) = f(x(t), u(t), t) \ \text{ a.e.}, \qquad x(0) = x_0. \qquad (7.1)dtdx​(t)=f(x(t),u(t),t)  a.e.,x(0)=x0​.(7.1)

A trajectory of uuu (Lean: IsTrajectory f x₀ T u x) is a function xxx continuous on [0,T][0, T][0,T] with x(t)=x0+∫0tf(x(s),u(s),s) dsx(t) = x_0 + \int_0^t f(x(s), u(s), s)\,dsx(t)=x0​+∫0t​f(x(s),u(s),s)ds for all t∈[0,T]t \in [0, T]t∈[0,T]. The standing hypotheses are:

  • (a) fff and its state Jacobian fx′=(∂f/∂x1,…,∂f/∂xn)f_x' = (\partial f/\partial x_1, \dots, \partial f/\partial x_n)fx′​=(∂f/∂x1​,…,∂f/∂xn​) (Lean: fx) are continuous on Rn×K×[0,T]\mathbb R^n \times K \times [0, T]Rn×K×[0,T];
  • (b) ⟨x,f(x,u,t)⟩≤c (1+∥x∥2)\langle x, f(x, u, t)\rangle \le c\,(1 + \|x\|^2)⟨x,f(x,u,t)⟩≤c(1+∥x∥2) for some constant ccc.

The terminal cost is given by a C1C^1C1 function g:Rn→Rg : \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb Rg:Rn→R, and the problem is to minimize g(x(T))g(x(T))g(x(T)) over all controls. The adjoint vector ppp along a pair (u,x)(u, x)(u,x) (Lean: IsAdjoint fx g T u x p) solves the linear equation

dpdt(t)=−tfx′(x(t),u(t),t) p(t),p(T)=g′(x(T)),\frac{dp}{dt}(t) = -{}^t f_x'(x(t), u(t), t)\, p(t), \qquad p(T) = g'(x(T)),dtdp​(t)=−tfx′​(x(t),u(t),t)p(t),p(T)=g′(x(T)),

where tA{}^t AtA is the transpose. The control distance (Lean: ctrlDist T u₁ u₂) is

δ(u1,u2)=meas⁡{t∈[0,T]∣u1(t)≠u2(t)},\delta(u_1, u_2) = \operatorname{meas}\{t \in [0, T] \mid u_1(t) \neq u_2(t)\},δ(u1​,u2​)=meas{t∈[0,T]∣u1​(t)=u2​(t)},

and the needle variation vτv_\tauvτ​ of a control uεu_\varepsilonuε​ at t0t_0t0​ with value u0∈Ku_0 \in Ku0​∈K (Lean: needle T uε u₀ t₀ τ) equals u0u_0u0​ on [0,T]∩ ]t0−τ,t0[[0, T] \cap\, ]t_0 - \tau, t_0[[0,T]∩]t0​−τ,t0​[ and uεu_\varepsilonuε​ elsewhere.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1

For every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 there is a control uεu_\varepsilonuε​ with trajectory xεx_\varepsilonxε​ and adjoint vector pεp_\varepsilonpε​ such that

g(xε(T))≤inf⁡ug(x(T))+ε,⟨f(xε(t),uε(t),t),pε(t)⟩≤min⁡w∈K⟨f(xε(t),w,t),pε(t)⟩+ε  a.e. on [0,T].g(x_\varepsilon(T)) \le \inf_u g(x(T)) + \varepsilon, \qquad \langle f(x_\varepsilon(t), u_\varepsilon(t), t), p_\varepsilon(t)\rangle \le \min_{w \in K} \langle f(x_\varepsilon(t), w, t), p_\varepsilon(t)\rangle + \varepsilon \ \text{ a.e. on } [0, T].g(xε​(T))≤uinf​g(x(T))+ε,⟨f(xε​(t),uε​(t),t),pε​(t)⟩≤w∈Kmin​⟨f(xε​(t),w,t),pε​(t)⟩+ε  a.e. on [0,T].

Milestones

  1. (7.2), a priori bound: every trajectory satisfies ∥x(t)∥2≤(∥x0∥2+2cT)e2cT\|x(t)\|^2 \le (\|x_0\|^2 + 2cT)e^{2cT}∥x(t)∥2≤(∥x0​∥2+2cT)e2cT.
  2. Well-posedness (p. 348): every control has exactly one trajectory on [0,T][0, T][0,T].
  3. Lemma 7.2: (U,δ)(\mathcal U, \delta)(U,δ) is a complete metric space (on almost-everywhere classes).
  4. Lemma 7.3: u↦g(x(T))u \mapsto g(x(T))u↦g(x(T)) is continuous on (U,δ)(\mathcal U, \delta)(U,δ).
  5. (7.15)–(7.16): a control uεu_\varepsilonuε​ with F(uε)≤inf⁡F+ε2F(u_\varepsilon) \le \inf F + \varepsilon^2F(uε​)≤infF+ε2 and F(u)≥F(uε)−ε δ(u,uε)F(u) \ge F(u_\varepsilon) - \varepsilon\,\delta(u, u_\varepsilon)F(u)≥F(uε​)−εδ(u,uε​) for all uuu, where F(u)=g(x(T))F(u) = g(x(T))F(u)=g(x(T)).
  6. Lemma 7.4: the right derivative of τ↦g(xτ(T))\tau \mapsto g(x_\tau(T))τ↦g(xτ​(T)) at τ=0\tau = 0τ=0, for the needle variations vτv_\tauvτ​, equals ⟨f(xε(t0),u0,t0)−f(xε(t0),uε(t0),t0),pε(t0)⟩\langle f(x_\varepsilon(t_0), u_0, t_0) - f(x_\varepsilon(t_0), u_\varepsilon(t_0), t_0), p_\varepsilon(t_0)\rangle⟨f(xε​(t0​),u0​,t0​)−f(xε​(t0​),uε​(t0​),t0​),pε​(t0​)⟩.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.1 decouples the maximum principle from existence of optimal controls. Any minimizing sequence can be replaced by one consisting of controls that satisfy the necessary condition up to a vanishing error, so approximate extremals are available for numerical schemes and for limiting arguments (relaxation, convergence of extremals) in problems without compactness or convexity of the velocity sets. The same scheme, a complete metric on controls plus Ekeland's principle plus needle variations, underlies later proofs of the maximum principle with state constraints and in nonsmooth settings.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a published proof, which the paper sketches in four pages and partly defers to classical results (local existence for measurable controls, differentiability of trajectories with respect to needle variations). Neither Mathlib nor the platform contains this theorem or a maximum principle for measurable controls with time-dependent dynamics; the nearest platform items assume an exact optimum, a running cost and globally Lipschitz autonomous dynamics. A formalization requires a Carathéodory theory of ODEs in Lean, the complete metric space of controls, and a rigorous version of the classical first-variation computation. Each of these is useful well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at its first step: a minimizing sequence of controls has no convergent subsequence in any useful sense, because measurable controls with values in KKK are not compact in the metric δ\deltaδ and their weak limits are relaxed controls, which are not controls. Ekeland's principle avoids compactness, but it needs a complete metric space on which the cost is lower semicontinuous. Completeness of (U,δ)(\mathcal U, \delta)(U,δ) (Lemma 7.2) and continuity of the cost (Lemma 7.3) both require care. Continuity must hold for trajectories driven by merely measurable controls, which converge only in measure. The needle derivative (Lemma 7.4) holds only at times where the trajectory satisfies the state equation in the classical sense, which is almost every time but not every time.

Formalization scope

  • Controls are functions ℝ → K with Measurable u; only values on [0,T][0, T][0,T] matter. Trajectories and adjoint vectors are functions ℝ → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), continuous on [0,T][0, T][0,T] and solving the integral form of their equation. The paper uses the same form in (7.13). A definition that asks for a derivative at every time would be unsatisfiable for discontinuous controls and would make the goal vacuous; the integral form avoids this.
  • Hypothesis (a) is stated as joint continuity of f and fx on univ ×ˢ univ ×ˢ Icc 0 T together with HasFDerivAt (fun y => f y u t) (fx x u t) x. Hypothesis (b) is ∃ c, … with the order of arguments f(x,u,t)f(x, u, t)f(x,u,t); the page prints f(t,x,u)f(t, x, u)f(t,x,u) in (b), a slip.
  • The transpose tfx′{}^t f_x'tfx′​ is ContinuousLinearMap.adjoint, and g′(x)g'(x)g′(x) is gradient g x.
  • Infima over controls are never taken as real ⨅; (7.4) and (7.15) are stated as "for every control uuu with trajectory xxx".
  • (7.5) is printed with "× ε\times\,\varepsilon×ε". The proof's last line (7.21) gives "+ ε+\,\varepsilon+ε", which is what is stated. The minimum over the compact KKK is replaced by the equivalent "for every w∈Kw \in Kw∈K", with one null set for all www.
  • Added hypothesis: [Nonempty K] in the goal and milestone 5. With KKK empty no control exists and the existential statements would be false.
  • Lemma 7.2 is stated as the triangle inequality, "δ=0\delta = 0δ=0 iff almost-everywhere equality on [0,T][0, T][0,T]", and sequential completeness for measurable controls. Lemma 7.3 is sequential continuity. Lemma 7.4 is a one-sided derivative within [0,t0][0, t_0][0,t0​] at 000, stated for an arbitrary measurable uεu_\varepsilonuε​.
  • Theorem 1.1 (Ekeland's principle) is a separate mission of this series and still a draft, so milestone 5 states the instance used here directly.
  • Out of scope: the uniform bound (7.3) and the remark after Theorem 7.1 that one may take ε=0\varepsilon = 0ε=0 in (7.5) when (7.4) holds with ε=0\varepsilon = 0ε=0.

Welcome contributions include Carathéodory existence and uniqueness for ODEs with measurable time dependence, Gronwall-type estimates for absolutely continuous functions, the complete metric space of measurable maps under the disagreement measure, and differentiability of flows with respect to initial data.

Selected references

  • I. Ekeland, On the Variational Principle, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 47 (1974), 324–353. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(74)90025-0
  • I. Ekeland, Nonconvex minimization problems, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. (N.S.) 1 (1979), 443–474. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0273-0979-1979-14595-6
  • R. Pallu de la Barrière, Optimal Control Theory, Saunders, Philadelphia, 1967.
  • L. S. Pontryagin, V. G. Boltyanskii, R. V. Gamkrelidze, E. F. Mishchenko, The Mathematical Theory of Optimal Processes, Interscience, New York, 1962.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Variational Principle II: Under Linearly Independent Active Constraint Gradients, a Bounded-Below Problem Has ε²-Optimal Feasible Points Satisfying the Lagrange Multiplier Rule up to εResearch Paper

Motivation

The classical Lagrange multiplier rule and its inequality-constrained form, the Karush–Kuhn–Tucker (KKT) conditions, are necessary conditions satisfied at a minimizer of a constrained problem. In finite dimensions, a continuous function bounded below on a closed bounded feasible set attains its minimum, so the rule describes an actual point. In an infinite-dimensional Banach space this fails: closed bounded sets are not compact, minimizing sequences need not converge, and a smooth function bounded below on a smooth constraint set can have no minimizer at all. The multiplier rule then has nothing to describe.

Ekeland's 1974 paper On the Variational Principle (DOI) introduced a principle (its Theorem 1.1) that replaces "a minimizer exists" with "near every almost-minimizer there is a point that strictly minimizes a slightly perturbed function". Section 3 of the paper uses this to prove that, for a problem with finitely many smooth equality and inequality constraints satisfying a linear-independence regularity condition, nearly optimal feasible points satisfy the KKT conditions up to a small error, with no compactness and no existence of a minimizer. This is the first appearance of what is now called an approximate or asymptotic KKT condition, a notion central to the convergence theory of nonlinear programming algorithms.

Setting

Let VVV be a real Banach space with dual V∗V^*V∗ (continuous linear functionals) and dual norm ∥x∗∥∗=sup⁡∥h∥≤1⟨x∗,h⟩\|x^*\|_*=\sup_{\|h\|\le1}\langle x^*,h\rangle∥x∗∥∗​=sup∥h∥≤1​⟨x∗,h⟩. Let F:V→RF:V\to\mathbb RF:V→R be Fréchet-differentiable, with derivative F′(v)∈V∗F'(v)\in V^*F′(v)∈V∗, and let G1,…,Gm:V→RG_1,\dots,G_m:V\to\mathbb RG1​,…,Gm​:V→R be C1C^1C1 (continuously Fréchet-differentiable). Fix 0≤p≤m0\le p\le m0≤p≤m and consider

inf⁡F(v)subject toGi(v)=0 (1≤i≤p),Gi(v)≥0 (p+1≤i≤m).(3.1)\inf F(v)\quad\text{subject to}\quad G_i(v)=0\ (1\le i\le p),\qquad G_i(v)\ge0\ (p+1\le i\le m). \tag{3.1}infF(v)subject toGi​(v)=0 (1≤i≤p),Gi​(v)≥0 (p+1≤i≤m).(3.1)

The feasible set is C={v∈V:Gi(v)=0 for i≤p, Gi(v)≥0 for i>p}\mathcal C=\{v\in V : G_i(v)=0 \text{ for } i\le p,\ G_i(v)\ge0 \text{ for } i>p\}C={v∈V:Gi​(v)=0 for i≤p, Gi​(v)≥0 for i>p} (3.2). At v∈Cv\in\mathcal Cv∈C the saturated constraints are I(v)={i:Gi(v)=0}I(v)=\{i : G_i(v)=0\}I(v)={i:Gi​(v)=0} (3.3). The regularity assumption (3.4) is: for every v∈Cv\in\mathcal Cv∈C, the derivatives Gi′(v)G_i'(v)Gi′​(v), i∈I(v)i\in I(v)i∈I(v), are linearly independent in V∗V^*V∗.

In the Lean development these are EkelandVP.Constraints.feasibleSet p G and EkelandVP.Constraints.IsRegular p G, with constraints indexed by Fin m.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 330)

Assume (3.4), C≠∅\mathcal C\ne\emptysetC=∅, and that FFF is bounded below on C\mathcal CC (3.5). Then for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there are vε∈Cv_\varepsilon\in\mathcal Cvε​∈C and λ1,…,λm∈R\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_m\in\mathbb Rλ1​,…,λm​∈R with

F(vε)≤inf⁡CF+ε2,λi≥0 (i>p),λi=0 if Gi(vε)≠0,F(v_\varepsilon)\le\inf_{\mathcal C}F+\varepsilon^2,\qquad \lambda_i\ge0\ (i>p),\qquad \lambda_i=0 \text{ if } G_i(v_\varepsilon)\ne0,F(vε​)≤Cinf​F+ε2,λi​≥0 (i>p),λi​=0 if Gi​(vε​)=0, ∥F′(vε)−∑i=1mλiGi′(vε)∥∗≤ε.\Big\|F'(v_\varepsilon)-\sum_{i=1}^m\lambda_iG_i'(v_\varepsilon)\Big\|_*\le\varepsilon.​F′(vε​)−i=1∑m​λi​Gi′​(vε​)​∗​≤ε.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. (3.8)–(3.12): a feasible vvv with F(v)≤inf⁡CF+ε2F(v)\le\inf_{\mathcal C}F+\varepsilon^2F(v)≤infC​F+ε2 and F(w)≥F(v)−ε∥w−v∥F(w)\ge F(v)-\varepsilon\|w-v\|F(w)≥F(v)−ε∥w−v∥ for all w∈Cw\in\mathcal Cw∈C (the variational principle applied to FFF restricted to C\mathcal CC; no regularity needed).
  2. (3.16): at a regular feasible point vvv, every hhh with ⟨Gi′(v),h⟩=0\langle G_i'(v),h\rangle=0⟨Gi′​(v),h⟩=0 (i≤pi\le pi≤p) and ⟨Gi′(v),h⟩≥0\langle G_i'(v),h\rangle\ge0⟨Gi′​(v),h⟩≥0 (i>pi>pi>p, i∈I(v)i\in I(v)i∈I(v)) is the initial velocity of a C1C^1C1 curve u:[0,τ]→Cu:[0,\tau]\to\mathcal Cu:[0,τ]→C with u(0)=vu(0)=vu(0)=v.
  3. Lemma 3.2: at a point with the property of milestone 1, ⟨F′(v),h⟩≥−ε∥h∥\langle F'(v),h\rangle\ge-\varepsilon\|h\|⟨F′(v),h⟩≥−ε∥h∥ for every such hhh.
  4. Lemma 3.3: an ε\varepsilonε-Farkas–Minkowski lemma in V∗V^*V∗: if ⟨w∗,h⟩≥−ε∥h∥\langle w^*,h\rangle\ge-\varepsilon\|h\|⟨w∗,h⟩≥−ε∥h∥ whenever ⟨ui∗,h⟩=0\langle u_i^*,h\rangle=0⟨ui∗​,h⟩=0 and ⟨vj∗,h⟩≥0\langle v_j^*,h\rangle\ge0⟨vj∗​,h⟩≥0, then ∥w∗−∑λiui∗−∑μjvj∗∥∗≤ε\|w^*-\sum\lambda_iu_i^*-\sum\mu_jv_j^*\|_*\le\varepsilon∥w∗−∑λi​ui∗​−∑μj​vj∗​∥∗​≤ε for some λi∈R\lambda_i\in\mathbb Rλi​∈R and μj≥0\mu_j\ge0μj​≥0.

An additional item states Corollary 3.4 (p. 333), the one-constraint case: if G(v)=0⇒G′(v)≠0G(v)=0\Rightarrow G'(v)\ne0G(v)=0⇒G′(v)=0, {G=0}≠∅\{G=0\}\neq\emptyset{G=0}=∅ and FFF is bounded below on {G=0}\{G=0\}{G=0}, then for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there are vεv_\varepsilonvε​ with G(vε)=0G(v_\varepsilon)=0G(vε​)=0 and λε∈R\lambda_\varepsilon\in\mathbb Rλε​∈R with ∥F′(vε)−λεG′(vε)∥∗≤ε\|F'(v_\varepsilon)-\lambda_\varepsilon G'(v_\varepsilon)\|_*\le\varepsilon∥F′(vε​)−λε​G′(vε​)∥∗​≤ε.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.1 is an existence theorem for approximate KKT points that needs neither compactness nor attainment of the infimum. It shows that every bounded-below problem with regular constraints has a sequence of feasible points whose objective values converge to the infimum and along which the KKT residual tends to zero. This is the property that later work calls approximate KKT or asymptotic KKT (AKKT) and uses as a stopping criterion and as a sequential optimality condition for nonlinear programming. Corollary 3.4 is the corresponding nonlinear eigenvalue statement: on a regular level set, F′F'F′ is approximately proportional to G′G'G′ at almost-minimizing points.

Formalizing it. The result is classical and proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. Mathlib has the Fréchet derivative, the implicit function theorem for strictly differentiable maps, Banach–Alaoglu and the Hahn–Banach separation theorems, but no Ekeland principle in this form, no Lyusternik-type tangent-curve theorem for mixed equality–inequality constraints, and no Farkas lemma in a dual Banach space. Each milestone is a reusable piece of nonlinear optimization theory in Banach spaces.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, "take a minimizer and apply the Lagrange multiplier rule", fails at the first step because no minimizer need exist. The variational principle supplies a point vεv_\varepsilonvε​ that minimizes F+ε∥⋅−vε∥F+\varepsilon\|\cdot-v_\varepsilon\|F+ε∥⋅−vε​∥ on C\mathcal CC, but that function is not differentiable at vεv_\varepsilonvε​, so the multiplier rule cannot be applied to it directly either. Two further gaps remain. Linearized feasible directions (those satisfying the derivative conditions on the active constraints) need not be directions along which one can actually move inside C\mathcal CC; closing this gap requires the regularity assumption and completeness of VVV, and must keep the active inequality constraints nonnegative, not just the equalities. And the resulting first-order inequality, which holds only up to ε∥h∥\varepsilon\|h\|ε∥h∥, must be turned into an approximate multiplier representation in V∗V^*V∗, an infinite-dimensional dual space in which the usual finite-dimensional Farkas lemma does not apply as stated.

Formalization scope

  • VVV is a real Banach space: [NormedAddCommGroup V] [NormedSpace ℝ V] [CompleteSpace V]. V∗V^*V∗ is V →L[ℝ] ℝ with the operator norm; F′(v)F'(v)F′(v) is fderiv ℝ F v.
  • Constraints are one family G : Fin m → V → ℝ, 0-based: the paper's constraint iii is Lean index i−1i-1i−1, an equality constraint iff its index is <p<p<p. p ≤ m is assumed in the goal.
  • C1C^1C1 is ContDiff ℝ 1; FFF is Differentiable ℝ F (Fréchet-differentiable everywhere).
  • No infimum over C\mathcal CC is formed: "bounded below" is BddBelow (F '' 𝒞) and "F(v)≤inf⁡CF+ε2F(v)\le\inf_{\mathcal C}F+\varepsilon^2F(v)≤infC​F+ε2" is "F(v)≤F(w)+ε2F(v)\le F(w)+\varepsilon^2F(v)≤F(w)+ε2 for all w∈Cw\in\mathcal Cw∈C". A real infimum over an empty or unbounded set would be a junk value.
  • Added hypotheses, disclosed in each item: C≠∅\mathcal C\ne\emptysetC=∅ (goal and milestone 1) and {G=0}≠∅\{G=0\}\ne\emptyset{G=0}=∅ (Corollary 3.4). Without them the paper's hypotheses hold vacuously (inf⁡∅=+∞\inf\emptyset=+\inftyinf∅=+∞) while the conclusion asks for a feasible point.
  • Lemma 3.3 is stated with ≤ε\le\varepsilon≤ε. The paper prints <ε<\varepsilon<ε in (3.20), which fails for V=RV=\mathbb RV=R, no constraints and w∗=ε idw^*=\varepsilon\,\mathrm{id}w∗=εid; its proof gives ≤\le≤, and Theorem 3.1 uses ≤\le≤.
  • Lemma 3.2 and milestone 2 assume the linear independence (3.4) only at the point vvv under consideration, and Lemma 3.2 is stated for any feasible vvv with property (3.12); this is exactly what the paper's proof uses.
  • Regularity is a linear independence of the indexed family (Gi′(v))i∈I(v)(G_i'(v))_{i\in I(v)}(Gi′​(v))i∈I(v)​, so a repeated saturated constraint violates it; the constraint qualification cannot be trivialized by collapsing duplicates.

Contributions welcome: a general Ekeland principle with the strict-minimizer conclusion, a Lyusternik–Graves tangent-curve theorem for C1C^1C1 maps with surjective derivative onto Rk\mathbb R^kRk, and a closedness result for finitely generated cones in V∗V^*V∗.

Selected references

  • I. Ekeland, On the Variational Principle, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 47 (1974) 324–353. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(74)90025-0
  • I. Ekeland, Nonconvex minimization problems, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. (N.S.) 1 (1979) 443–474. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0273-0979-1979-14595-6
  • R. Andreani, G. Haeser, J. M. Martínez, On sequential optimality conditions for smooth constrained optimization, Optimization 60 (2011) 627–641. https://doi.org/10.1080/02331930903578700
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsConvex OptimizationMachine Learning+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Regret Analysis of Stochastic and Nonstochastic Multi-armed Bandit Problems IV: Online Stochastic Mirror Descent for Combinatorial Semi-BanditsTextbook

Motivation

Many sequential decision problems ask a learner to choose, round after round, a combination of items: a set of mmm ads out of ddd, a path in a network, a matching. After each choice the learner sees the loss of the items it used, not of those it did not. This is online combinatorial optimization with semi-bandit feedback. It contains the classical adversarial multi-armed bandit (choose one of ddd arms) and is a standard model in online advertising, routing and ranking.

Chapter 5 of Bubeck and Cesa-Bianchi's monograph arXiv:1204.5721v2 treats this problem with one algorithm, Online Stochastic Mirror Descent (OSMD). Every regret bound in the chapter comes from a single mirror-descent inequality, specialized through the choice of a convex "regularizer". The chapter's capstone, Theorem 5.7, shows that a polynomial regularizer gives pseudo-regret O(mdn)O(\sqrt{mdn})O(mdn​) with no logarithmic factor. For m=1m=1m=1 this is the minimax-optimal rate of the adversarial bandit, first attained by the INF strategy of Audibert and Bubeck (2009). The semi-bandit version is due to Audibert, Bubeck and Lugosi (2014).

Setting

Vectors live in Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The arm set is a nonempty C⊆{0,1}d\mathcal C\subseteq\{0,1\}^dC⊆{0,1}d with ∥v∥1=m\|v\|_1=m∥v∥1​=m for every v∈Cv\in\mathcal Cv∈C, and K=Conv(C)\mathcal K=\mathrm{Conv}(\mathcal C)K=Conv(C). An oblivious adversary fixes loss vectors ℓ1,…,ℓn∈[0,1]d\ell_1,\dots,\ell_n\in[0,1]^dℓ1​,…,ℓn​∈[0,1]d. In round ttt the learner plays a random arm vt∈Cv_t\in\mathcal Cvt​∈C, pays ℓt⊤vt\ell_t^\top v_tℓt⊤​vt​, and observes (ℓt(1)vt(1),…,ℓt(d)vt(d))(\ell_t(1)v_t(1),\dots,\ell_t(d)v_t(d))(ℓt​(1)vt​(1),…,ℓt​(d)vt​(d)). The pseudo-regret is

Rˉn=E∑t=1nℓt⊤vt−min⁡x∈K∑t=1nℓt⊤x.\bar R_n=\mathbb E\sum_{t=1}^n\ell_t^\top v_t-\min_{x\in\mathcal K}\sum_{t=1}^n\ell_t^\top x .Rˉn​=Et=1∑n​ℓt⊤​vt​−x∈Kmin​t=1∑n​ℓt⊤​x.

A Legendre function on Dˉ\bar DDˉ, for a nonempty open convex DDD, is a continuous F:Dˉ→RF:\bar D\to\mathbb RF:Dˉ→R that is strictly convex and C1C^1C1 on DDD and whose gradient norm tends to +∞+\infty+∞ at Dˉ∖D\bar D\setminus DDˉ∖D. Its Bregman divergence is DF(x,y)=F(x)−F(y)−(x−y)⊤∇F(y)D_F(x,y)=F(x)-F(y)-(x-y)^\top\nabla F(y)DF​(x,y)=F(x)−F(y)−(x−y)⊤∇F(y), and its Legendre–Fenchel transform is F∗(u)=sup⁡x∈Dˉ(x⊤u−F(x))F^*(u)=\sup_{x\in\bar D}(x^\top u-F(x))F∗(u)=supx∈Dˉ​(x⊤u−F(x)).

Online Mirror Descent with learning rate η>0\eta>0η>0 and vectors gtg_tgt​ starts at x1∈arg⁡min⁡KFx_1\in\arg\min_{\mathcal K}Fx1​∈argminK​F. It then sets ∇F(wt+1)=∇F(xt)−ηgt\nabla F(w_{t+1})=\nabla F(x_t)-\eta g_t∇F(wt+1​)=∇F(xt​)−ηgt​ and xt+1=arg⁡min⁡y∈KDF(y,wt+1)x_{t+1}=\arg\min_{y\in\mathcal K}D_F(y,w_{t+1})xt+1​=argminy∈K​DF​(y,wt+1​). OSMD uses a random estimate gt=ℓ~tg_t=\tilde\ell_tgt​=ℓ~t​ of the loss. In the semi-bandit case it plays vtv_tvt​ with E[vt∣xt]=xt\mathbb E[v_t\mid x_t]=x_tE[vt​∣xt​]=xt​ and uses

ℓ~t(i)=ℓt(i) vt(i)xt(i).(5.5)\tilde\ell_t(i)=\frac{\ell_t(i)\,v_t(i)}{x_t(i)}. \tag{5.5}ℓ~t​(i)=xt​(i)ℓt​(i)vt​(i)​.(5.5)

A 000-potential is a convex, C1C^1C1, increasing ψ:(−∞,a)→(0,∞)\psi:(-\infty,a)\to(0,\infty)ψ:(−∞,a)→(0,∞) with ψ(−∞)=0\psi(-\infty)=0ψ(−∞)=0, ψ(a−)=+∞\psi(a^-)=+\inftyψ(a−)=+∞ and ∫01∣ψ−1∣<∞\int_0^1|\psi^{-1}|<\infty∫01​∣ψ−1∣<∞. It defines the Legendre function Fψ(x)=∑i∫0xiψ−1(s) dsF_\psi(x)=\sum_i\int_0^{x_i}\psi^{-1}(s)\,dsFψ​(x)=∑i​∫0xi​​ψ−1(s)ds on [0,∞)d[0,\infty)^d[0,∞)d. With ψ=exp⁡\psi=\expψ=exp this is the negative entropy.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7 (p. 80)

For every 000-potential ψ\psiψ and non-negative unbiased estimates,

Rˉn≤sup⁡KFψ−Fψ(x1)η+η2∑t=1n∑i=1dE[ℓ~t(i)2(ψ−1)′(xt(i))].\bar R_n\le\frac{\sup_{\mathcal K}F_\psi-F_\psi(x_1)}{\eta}+\frac\eta2\sum_{t=1}^n\sum_{i=1}^d\mathbb E\left[\frac{\tilde\ell_t(i)^2}{(\psi^{-1})'(x_t(i))}\right].Rˉn​≤ηsupK​Fψ​−Fψ​(x1​)​+2η​t=1∑n​i=1∑d​E[(ψ−1)′(xt​(i))ℓ~t​(i)2​].

For ψ(x)=(−x)−q\psi(x)=(-x)^{-q}ψ(x)=(−x)−q with q>1q>1q>1, the estimate (5.5) and η=2q−1 m1−2/q/(n d1−2/q)\eta=\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{q-1}\,m^{1-2/q}/(n\,d^{1-2/q})}η=q−12​m1−2/q/(nd1−2/q)​,

Rˉn≤q2q−1 mdn,and  Rˉn≤22mdn  at q=2.\bar R_n\le q\sqrt{\tfrac{2}{q-1}\,mdn},\qquad\text{and }\ \bar R_n\le2\sqrt{2mdn}\ \text{ at }q=2.Rˉn​≤qq−12​mdn​,and  Rˉn​≤22mdn​  at q=2.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.1: F∗∗=FF^{**}=FF∗∗=F, ∇F∗=(∇F)−1\nabla F^*=(\nabla F)^{-1}∇F∗=(∇F)−1 on D∗D^*D∗, and DF(x,y)=DF∗(∇F(y),∇F(x))D_F(x,y)=D_{F^*}(\nabla F(y),\nabla F(x))DF​(x,y)=DF∗​(∇F(y),∇F(x)).
  2. Lemma 5.2: existence, uniqueness and the Pythagorean inequality of Bregman projections.
  3. Theorem 5.3: ∑tℓt(xt)−∑tℓt(x)≤F(x)−F(x1)η+1η∑tDF∗(∇F(xt)−η∇ℓt(xt),∇F(xt))\sum_t\ell_t(x_t)-\sum_t\ell_t(x)\le\frac{F(x)-F(x_1)}\eta+\frac1\eta\sum_tD_{F^*}(\nabla F(x_t)-\eta\nabla\ell_t(x_t),\nabla F(x_t))∑t​ℓt​(xt​)−∑t​ℓt​(x)≤ηF(x)−F(x1​)​+η1​∑t​DF∗​(∇F(xt​)−η∇ℓt​(xt​),∇F(xt​)).
  4. Theorem 5.5, linear losses, and its corrected general form.
  5. Lemma 5.3: FψF_\psiFψ​ is Legendre and DFψ∗(u,v)≤12∑iψ′(vi)(ui−vi)2D_{F_\psi^*}(u,v)\le\frac12\sum_i\psi'(v_i)(u_i-v_i)^2DFψ∗​​(u,v)≤21​∑i​ψ′(vi​)(ui​−vi​)2 for u≤vu\le vu≤v.
  6. Theorem 5.6: with the negative entropy, Rˉn≤2mdnln⁡(d/m)\bar R_n\le\sqrt{2mdn\ln(d/m)}Rˉn​≤2mdnln(d/m)​.

Significance

Theorem 5.7 is the sharpest semi-bandit bound in the monograph. It shows that removing the ln⁡(d/m)\sqrt{\ln(d/m)}ln(d/m)​ factor of the exponential-weights analysis (Theorem 5.6) is a matter of the regularizer, not of a new algorithm. The same OSMD template gives the Euclidean-ball bound of Theorem 5.8 and is reused for bandit convex optimization in Chapter 6. Lemma 5.1, Lemma 5.2 and Theorem 5.3 are the standard mirror-descent toolkit, used throughout online learning and optimization.

All results of the chapter are proved in the book. Lemmas 5.1 and 5.2 are cited from Cesa-Bianchi and Lugosi (2006). None of them is formalized on Prove2Me. The published mirror-descent bound of Bandit Algorithms XII treats linear losses with a comparator inside DDD and Euclidean-space vectors; it is not Theorem 5.3. The mission adds a machine-checked version of the whole chain, from Legendre duality to the explicit constant q2mdn/(q−1)q\sqrt{2mdn/(q-1)}q2mdn/(q−1)​, with two of the printed statements corrected (below).

Difficulty

The pathwise mirror-descent inequality is a telescoping argument, but several of its steps rest on convex analysis that Mathlib does not package. One is the existence and interior location of Bregman projections onto a set that touches the boundary of DDD. Another is the differentiability of F∗F^*F∗ on the open dual space and the identity ∇F∗=(∇F)−1\nabla F^*=(\nabla F)^{-1}∇F∗=(∇F)−1. A third is the closed form of Fψ∗F_\psi^*Fψ∗​ for a potential defined through an improper integral of ψ−1\psi^{-1}ψ−1.

The probabilistic step is not a martingale argument. Only conditioning on the current iterate xtx_txt​ is available. The estimate (5.5) divides by xt(i)x_t(i)xt​(i), so its integrability and unbiasedness have to be derived from the fact that the iterates stay in the open orthant. Finally, the explicit constant requires a Hölder step, ∑ix1(i)1−1/q≤m(q−1)/qd1/q\sum_ix_1(i)^{1-1/q}\le m^{(q-1)/q}d^{1/q}∑i​x1​(i)1−1/q≤m(q−1)/qd1/q, and the matching bound ∑ixt(i)1/q≤m1/qd1−1/q\sum_ix_t(i)^{1/q}\le m^{1/q}d^{1-1/q}∑i​xt​(i)1/q≤m1/qd1−1/q.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin d → ℝ. The arm set is a Set of 0/10/10/1 vectors with coordinate sum mmm, and K\mathcal KK is convexHull ℝ C. Rounds are t=1,…,nt=1,\dots,nt=1,…,n, sums run over Finset.Icc 1 n, and index 000 is unused. A randomized run is a family of measurable processes xt,vt,ℓ~t,wtx_t, v_t, \tilde\ell_t, w_txt​,vt​,ℓ~t​,wt​ on a probability space, with the deterministic OMD recursion holding on every sample path. E[⋅∣xt]\mathbb E[\cdot\mid x_t]E[⋅∣xt​] is the coordinatewise conditional expectation given σ(xt)\sigma(x_t)σ(xt​), which is exactly what the book's proofs use. Losses are oblivious, so Rˉn≤B\bar R_n\le BRˉn​≤B is stated as "for every x∈Kx\in\mathcal Kx∈K, E∑tℓt⊤vt−∑tℓt⊤x≤B\mathbb E\sum_t\ell_t^\top v_t-\sum_t\ell_t^\top x\le BE∑t​ℓt⊤​vt​−∑t​ℓt⊤​x≤B". F∗F^*F∗ is valued in EReal, and DF∗D_{F^*}DF∗​ is evaluated only on the open dual space, where F∗F^*F∗ is finite. Wherever an expectation of a possibly non-integrable quantity appears on a right-hand side, its integrability is assumed: the book's bound is then +∞+\infty+∞ and trivial, while Lean's integral would be 000.

Corrections and instantiations, each labelled in the item's Formalization Note:

  • Theorem 5.7, corrected misprint. The book prints η=2q−1m1−2/qd1−2/q\eta=\sqrt{\frac2{q-1}\frac{m^{1-2/q}}{d^{1-2/q}}}η=q−12​d1−2/qm1−2/q​​. The proof (p. 81) gives the stated bound only for η=2q−1m1−2/qn d1−2/q\eta=\sqrt{\frac2{q-1}\frac{m^{1-2/q}}{n\,d^{1-2/q}}}η=q−12​nd1−2/qm1−2/q​​, which is stated. At q=2q=2q=2 this is η=2/n\eta=\sqrt{2/n}η=2/n​.
  • Theorem 5.5, corrected misprint. In the first bound the book prints E[∥xt−x~t∥ ∥g~t∥∗]\mathbb E[\|x_t-\tilde x_t\|\,\|\tilde g_t\|_*]E[∥xt​−x~t​∥∥g~​t​∥∗​]. That statement fails for ℓt(x)=x2\ell_t(x)=x^2ℓt​(x)=x2 on [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] with F=x2/2F=x^2/2F=x2/2 and x~t=±1\tilde x_t=\pm1x~t​=±1. The version stated uses ∥∇ℓt(x~t)∥∗\|\nabla\ell_t(\tilde x_t)\|_*∥∇ℓt​(x~t​)∥∗​, as the proof's first inequality does. The linear-loss bound is stated as printed.
  • Lemma 5.2. "For all z∈K∩Dz\in K\cap Dz∈K∩D" is read as "for the projection zzz", which lies in K∩DK\cap DK∩D.
  • Hypotheses made explicit: q>1q>1q>1; non-negativity of the estimates in Theorem 5.6 (used in its proof); unbiasedness E[ℓ~t∣xt]=ℓt\mathbb E[\tilde\ell_t\mid x_t]=\ell_tE[ℓ~t​∣xt​]=ℓt​ in the general parts of Theorems 5.6 and 5.7; K∩(0,∞)d≠∅\mathcal K\cap(0,\infty)^d\ne\emptysetK∩(0,∞)d=∅ (OMD's requirement K∩D≠∅K\cap D\ne\emptysetK∩D=∅); a subgradient selection as an explicit input.
  • Theorem 5.6's particular bound uses the book's η=2mndln⁡dm\eta=\sqrt{\frac{2m}{nd}\ln\frac dm}η=nd2m​lnmd​​ as printed. There are no O(·) constants in the chapter's statements.

A trivializing formalization would let η\etaη, xtx_txt​ or the estimate be junk values: an OSMD step at η=0\eta=0η=0, a Lean division x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0, or a regret written as a real infimum over an unbounded set. Here every run is the book's algorithm on the open orthant, and each bound is stated against every comparator in K\mathcal KK.

Reusable beyond this mission: the Legendre/Bregman layer, the OMD run predicate and the ω\omegaω-potential layer. Proofs of Lemmas 5.1 and 5.2 in this generality would be welcome additions to the library.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, N. Cesa-Bianchi, Regret Analysis of Stochastic and Nonstochastic Multi-armed Bandit Problems, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 5(1), 2012; arXiv:1204.5721v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1204.5721
  • N. Cesa-Bianchi, G. Lugosi, Prediction, Learning, and Games, Cambridge University Press, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511546921
  • J.-Y. Audibert, S. Bubeck, Regret bounds and minimax policies under partial monitoring, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v11/audibert10a.html
  • J.-Y. Audibert, S. Bubeck, G. Lugosi, Regret in online combinatorial optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 39(1), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2013.0598
12 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 30 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me